Skills

Writing & Passages

Mr.Talaat Khalil
01228830124

1
 WRITING ‫اھم ﻛﻠﻣﺎت ﺳؤال‬
Introduction ‫ﻣﻘدﻣﺔ‬ Transition words ‫ﻛﻠﻣﺎت اﻟرﺑط‬
Introductory paragraph ‫ﻓﻘرة اﻟﻣﻘدﻣﺔ‬ Modal verbs ‫اﻻﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﻧﺎﻗﺻﺔ‬
Topic sentence ‫اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ‬ Stative verbs ‫اﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﯾر ﻣﺳﺗﻣره‬
Thesis ‫اﻷطروﺣﺔ‬ Phrasal verbs ‫اﻓﻌﺎل ﻣرﺗﺑطﺔ ﺑﺣرف ﺟر‬
Body=Bulk ...‫ﺟﺳم اﻟﻣﻘﺎل‬ Prepositions ‫ﺣروف اﻟﺟر‬
Hook ‫اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﺟﺎذﺑﺔ‬ Silent letter ‫ﺣرف ﻏﯾر ﻣﻧطوق‬
Supporting sentence ‫اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟداﻋﻣﺔ‬ Active voice ‫ﻣﺑﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﻠوم‬
Conclusion ‫اﻟﺧﺎﺗﻣﺔ‬ Passive voice ‫ﻣﺑﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﮭول‬
Closing sentence ‫اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﺧﺗﺎﻣﯾﺔ‬ Causative ‫اﻟﺳﺑﺑﯾﺔ‬
Formal language ‫اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟرﺳﻣﯾﺔ‬ Direct speech ‫اﻟﺣدﯾث اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷر‬
Informal language ‫اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻐﯾر اﻟرﺳﻣﯾﺔ‬ Reported speech ‫اﻟﺣدﯾث اﻟﻐﯾر ﻣﺑﺎﺷر‬
Slang ‫اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﯾﺔ‬ Conditionals ‫ﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﺷرط‬
Academic ‫دراﺳﻰ‬ Sender ‫اﻟراﺳل‬
Unity ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ Receiver=recipient ‫اﻟﻣرﺳل اﻟﯾﮫ‬
Brevity ‫اﻻﯾﺟﺎز‬ Subject ‫اﻟﻣوﺿوع‬
Narrative ‫رواﺋﻰ\ﻗﺻﺻﻰ‬ Salutation ‫اﻟﺗﺣﯾﺔ‬
Descriptive ‫وﺻﻔﻰ‬ Signature ‫اﻟﺗوﻗﯾﻊ‬
Expository ‫ﺗﻔﺳﯾرى‬ Coma ‫اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ‬
Argumentative ‫ﻧﻘﺎﺷﻰ\ﺟدﻟﻰ‬ Colon ‫ اﻻ و ھو‬:
Paraphrase ‫ﯾﻌﯾد ﺻﯾﺎﻏﺔ‬ Semi-colon ‫اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﻘوطﺔ‬
Summarize ‫ﯾﻠﺧص‬ Full stop=Period ‫اﻟﻧﻘطﺔ‬
Oral ‫ﺷﻔوى‬ Exclamation mark ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺟب‬
Written ‫ﺗﺣرﯾرى‬ Question mark ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﻔﮭﺎم‬
Spoken ‫ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﺣدﯾث‬ Speech mark ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺗرﻗﯾم‬
Persuasive ‫اﻗﻧﺎﻋﻰ‬ Singular ‫اﻟﻣﻔرد‬
Synonym ‫ﻣرادف‬ Plural ‫اﻟﺟﻣﻊ‬
Antonym ‫ﻣﺿﺎد‬ A series of ‫ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻣن‬
Verb ‫اﻟﻔﻌل‬ Background ‫اﻟﺧﻠﻔﯾﺔ‬
Noun ‫اﻻﺳم‬ Direct quote ‫اﻗﺗﺑﺎس ﻣﺑﺎﺷر‬
Adjective ‫اﻟﺻﻔﺔ‬ Moral ‫اﻟﻣﻐزى‬
Adverb ‫اﻟظرف\اﻟﺣﺎل‬ Proverbs ‫اﻻﻣﺛﺎل‬
Prefix ‫اﻟﺑﺎدﺋﺔ‬ Contrast ‫اﻟﺗﻧﺎﻗض‬
Suffix ‫اﻟﻼﺣق\اﺧر اﻟﺣروف‬ Addition ‫اﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
Transitive ‫ﻣﺗﻌد ﯾﺎﺧذ ﻣﻔﻌول‬ Cause and effect ‫اﻟﺳﺑب و اﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ‬
Intransitive ‫ﻻزم ﻻ ﯾﺎﺧذ ﻣﻔﻌول‬ Necessity ‫اﻟﺿرورة‬
Pronoun ‫اﻟﺿﻣﯾر‬ Logical deduction ‫اﺳﻧﺗﺎج ﻣﻧطﻘﻰ‬
Proper noun ‫اﺳم ﻋﻠم‬ Recommendation ‫اﻟﻧﺻﺢ\ اﻟﺗوﺻﯾﺔ‬
Concrete noun ‫اﺳم ﺟﺎﻣد\اﻟﺔ‬ Prohibition ‫اﻟﻣﻧﻊ‬
Abstract noun ‫اﺳم ﻣﻌﻧوى‬ Question tag ‫اﻟﺳؤال اﻟﻣذﯾل‬
Common noun ‫اﺳم ﻋﺎم‬ Ability ‫اﻟﻘدرة\اﻻﺳﺗطﺎﻋﺔ‬
Ordinal number ‫رﻗم ﺗرﺗﯾﺑﻰ‬ Possibility ‫اﻻﺣﺗﻣﺎل‬
Numeral number ‫رﻗم ﺻﺣﯾﺢ‬ Suggestion ‫اﻻﻗﺗراح‬
Plain(bare) infinitive ‫ﻣﺻدر ﺑدون‬to Request ‫اﻟطﻠب‬
Full infinitive +‫ﻣﺻدر‬to Order ‫اﻻﻣر‬
Gerund ‫اﺳم اﻟﻔﺎﻋل‬v+ing Indent ‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﻟﯾﺔ اول ال‬
Definite article ‫اداة اﻟﺗﻌرﯾف‬the Opposite ‫ﻋﻛس‬
Indefinite articles ‫ادوات اﻟﻧﻛرة‬a\an Distributives ‫اﻟﻣوزﻋﺎت‬
Conjunctions ‫اﻟرواﺑط‬ Determiners ‫اﻟﻣﺣددات‬
Linking words ‫ﻛﻠﻣﺎت اﻟرواﺑط‬ Messaging language ‫ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟرﺳﺎﺋل‬

2
1. Noun ‫اﻻﺳﻢ‬
- A noun is a word that identifies a person (man, girl, engineer, friend), a thing (horse, wall, flower,
country), or an idea, quality, or state (anger, courage, life, luckiness)
2. Verb ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
- A verb describes what a person or thing does or what happens.
3. Adjective ‫اﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬
- An adjective is a word that describes a noun, giving extra information about it.
4. Adverb ‫اﻟﻈﺮف‬
- An adverb is a word used to give information about a verb, adjective, or other adverb.
5. Pronoun ‫اﻟﻀﻤﯿﺮ‬
- Pronouns are used in place of a noun that is known or has already been mentioned.
6. Preposition ‫ﺣﺮف اﻟﺠﺮ‬
- A preposition is a word such as after, in, to, on, and with.
- They describe, for example, the position of something, the time when something happens, or the
way in which something is done.
7. Conjunction ‫اﻟﺮاﺑﻄﺔ‬
- A conjunction (a connective) is a word such as and, because, but, for, if, or, and when.
8. Determiner ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬
- It is a word that introduces a noun, such as a/an, the, every, this, those, or many.
- Ex: a dog, the dog, this dog, those dogs, every dog, many dogs.
9. Exclamation (Interjection) ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ‬
- An exclamation (an interjection) is a word or phrase that expresses strong emotion, such as
surprise, pleasure, or anger. - Ex: ouch / god / oh / alas.
2- Punctuation Marks ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺗرﻗﯾم‬
:‫ﻓﯾﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﯽ ﺷرح ﻣﺑﺳط ﻻﺳﺗﺧداﻣﺎت أھم ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺗرﻗﯾم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺟﻠﯾزﯾﺔ‬
1- Capital letters ‫اﻟﺣروف اﻟﻛﺑﯾرة‬
:‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﺣروف اﻟﻛﺑﯾرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
1- I play football every week. ‫ ﺳواء ﻛﺎن ﻣوﻗﻌﮫ ﻓﻲ‬،‫( ﻛﺣرف ﻛﺑﯾر‬1) ‫ ﯾﺟب ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺿﻣﯾر اﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠم‬-1
.‫أول اﻟﻛﻼم أو وﺳطﮫ أو ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺗﮫ‬
2- Most people like ice cream. :‫ أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ اﻟﺳؤال‬/ ‫ أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ‬-2
3- My friend Ahmed is a doctor. :‫ أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ أﺳﻣﺎء اﻷﺷﺧﺎص‬-3
4- The capital of Egypt is Cairo. :‫ ﻓﻲ أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ أﺳﻣﺎء اﻟدول واﻟﻌواﺻم واﻟﻣدن‬-4
5- The Red Sea is in the east of Egypt. :‫ ﻓﻲ أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ أﺳﻣﺎء اﻟﺑﺣﺎر واﻟﺑﺣﯾرات واﻟﻣﺣﯾطﺎت واﻷﻧﮭﺎر واﻟﻘﺎرات‬-5
6- We visited the Cairo Tower last week. :‫ أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ أﺳﻣﺎء اﻷﻋﻼم‬-6
7- He is Egyptian. - She is British. :‫ أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ أﺳﻣﺎء اﻟﺟﻧﺳﯾﺎت‬-7
8- I speak English and French well. :‫ ﻓﻲ أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ أﺳﻣﺎء اﻟﻠﻐﺎت‬-8
9- We do not go to school on Friday (Fri.). :‫ أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ أﺳﻣﺎء أﯾﺎم اﻷﺳﺑوع واﺧﺗﺻﺎراﺗﮭﺎ‬-9
10 -I was born in March. :‫ أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ أﺳﻣﺎء ﺷﮭور اﻟﺳﻧﺔ‬-10
11- TV - OK - CD :‫ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺧﺗﺻﺎرات ﻣﺛل‬-11
12- I think Mr Ashraf is very busy today. :‫ أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ اﻷﻟﻘﺎب اﻟﻣﺗﺑوﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳم ﺷﺧص ﻣﺛل‬-12

3
‫‪13- Maha said, “My mother is a doctor".‬‬ ‫‪ -13‬أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ داﺧل ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﻧﺻﯾص‪:‬‬
‫‪14- My father is a teacher. He works hard.‬‬ ‫‪ -14‬أول ﺣرف ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﻌد )‪:(! - ? - 0‬‬
‫‪2- The apostrophe‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﯾﺎ ‪( ' ):‬‬
‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﯾﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1- I am = I'm‬‬ ‫‪- We have = We've‬‬ ‫‪ - 1‬ﻛﺑدﯾل ﻟﻠﺣرف اﻟﻧﺎﻗص ﻓﻲ اﻻﺧﺗﺻﺎرات واﻟﻧﻔﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪2– The boy's room‬‬ ‫ﺣﺟرة اﻟوﻟد‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻗﺑل )‪ (s‬اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻠﻛﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﻔرد وﺑﻌد )‪ (s‬اﻟﺟﻣﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺟﻣﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪- The boys' room‬‬ ‫ﺣﺟرة اﻷوﻻد‬
‫‪3- Hundreds of years = 100's of years‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻊ اﻷﻋداد اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﯾﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪4– Count the t's in this sentence.‬‬ ‫‪ - 4‬و ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻊ اﻟﺣروف‪ - :‬ﻗم ﺑﻌد ﺣروف )‪ (t‬ﻓﻲ ھذه اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪- the 1960s (Not: the 1960's‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻟﻛن ﻻﺣظ أن اﻟﺗﻌﺑﯾر ﻋن ﺣﻘﺑﺔ ﺗﻛون ﻣن ‪ 10‬ﺳﻧوات ﻻ ﻧﺳﺗﺧدم )‪(apostrophe‬‬
‫‪3- The comma‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ‪( , ):‬‬
‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪- Please, open the door.‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﻌد ﻛﻠﻣﺔ )‪ (please‬إذا ﺟﺎءت ﻓﻲ أول اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ وﻗﺑﻠﮭﺎ إذا ﺟﺎء ﻓﻲ آﺧر اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪- Open the door, please.‬‬
‫‪- Ali, I want you to work harder.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻌد اﻟﻣﺧﺎطب إذا ﺟﺎءت ﻓﻲ أول اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ وﻗﺑل اﻟﻣﺧﺎطب إذا ﺟﺎء ﻓﻲ آﺧر اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪- I want you to work harder, Ali.‬‬
‫‪- Yesterday, I visited my grandmother.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺑﻌد ظروف اﻟزﻣﺎن إذا ﺟﺎءت ﻓﻲ أول اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪- Leen says, “I'm very busy these days”.‬‬ ‫‪ (".‬اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﻠﺔ ﺧﺑرﯾﺔ إذا‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﺑﻌد ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﻧﺻﯾص )"‬
‫‪- “I'm very busy these days”, says Leen.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎءت ﻓﻲ أول اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ وﻗﺑﻠﮭﺎ إذا ﺟﺎءت ﻓﻲ آﺧر اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪- Sama asked, “Did you have a great time?”.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬أﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﻧﺻﯾص )‪ (...‬ﺗﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳؤال ﻓﻧﺳﺗﺧدم ) ‪ ( ,‬ﻗﺑﻠﮭﺎ ﻓﻘط‬
‫‪- ‘‘Did you have a great time?’’ asked Sama.‬‬ ‫وﻟﯾس ﺑﻌدھﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪- Mum asked me to buy flour, sugar, butter,‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﺑﻌد ﻣﻔردات اﻟﻘواﺋم اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺿم أﻛﺛر ﻣن اﺛﻧﯾن ﻛﺑدﯾل ﻟﺗﻛرار )‪ (and‬ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗوﺿﻊ‬
‫‪milk, eggs and cheese.‬‬ ‫)‪ (and‬ﺑﯾن اﺧراﺛﻧﯾن ﻓﻘط‪:‬‬
‫?‪- You are late, aren't you‬‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﻗﺑل اﻟﺳؤال اﻟذﯾل‪:‬‬
‫‪- Yes - No - sure - sorry - excuse me - well‬‬ ‫‪ - 7‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ) ‪ ( ,‬ﺑﻌد ﻋﺑﺎرات اﻟﻣواﻓﻘﺔ واﻟرﻓض واﻻﺳﺗﺋذان واﻻﺳﺗدراك‬
‫اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪- and - but - for- or - nor - so - yet - however‬‬ ‫‪- 8‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ) ‪ ( ,‬ﻟﺗﻔﺻل ﺑﯾن اﻷﺟزاء اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗرﺑطﮭﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻛﻠﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪- after, before, as soon as, when, while,‬‬ ‫‪- 9‬و ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ) ‪ ( ,‬ﻟﺗﻔﺻل ﺑﯾن اﻷﺟزاء اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺑدأ ﺑﺄي راﺑط ﻣﺛل‪:‬‬
‫‪although, in spite of, as, because, since, if, ...‬‬
‫‪- I got a cramp while I was playing football.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬أﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧت ھذه اﻟرواﺑط ﻓﻲ وﺳط اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻐﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺳﺗﺧدم ) ‪:( ,‬‬
‫‪- Having eaten, he went out.‬‬ ‫‪ - 10‬اﺳﺗﺧدم ) ‪ ( ,‬ﻟﺗﻔﺻل ﺑﯾن اﻷﺟزاء اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺑدأ ﺑﻌﺑﺎرات‬
‫‪- Destroyed in an accident, the car became useless.‬‬ ‫اﺳم اﻟﻔﻌل ) ‪ (ing‬واﺳم اﻟﻣﻔﻌول ‪ To + inf :‬واﻟﺻﯾﻐﺔ اﻟﻣﺻرﯾﺔ )‪( P .P.‬‬
‫‪- To get the full-marks, you must study‬‬
‫‪- I think this person is ignorant, not stupid.‬‬ ‫‪ -11‬ﻧﺳﺗﺧدم ) ‪ ( ,‬ﻗﺑل اﻟﺟزء اﻷﺧﯾر ﻣن اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟذي ﯾﻌﺑر ﻋن ﺷﻲء ﻣن اﻟﺗﻧﺎﻗض‪:‬‬
‫‪- Fortunately, Unfortunately, Luckily,‬‬ ‫‪ -12‬و ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ) ‪ ( ,‬ﺑﻌد اﻟظروف اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺑداﯾﺔ اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ وﺗؤﺛر ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫‪Unluckily, Finally,Unexpectedly, surprisingly‬‬ ‫اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣل ﻣﺛل‪:‬‬
‫‪.... - Surprisingly, he agreed to help us.‬‬
‫‪- I live in Edfu , Aswan.‬‬ ‫‪-13‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ) ‪ ( ,‬ﻟﻔﺻل أﺟزاء اﻟﻌﻧﺎوﯾن‪:‬‬
‫‪- February 22, 2011, was the happiest day‬‬ ‫‪-14‬و ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ) ‪ ( ,‬ﻟﻔﺻل أﺟزاء اﻟﺗﺎرﯾﺦ )ﻣﺎ ﻋدا اﻟﯾوم واﻟﺷﮭر(‬
‫‪in my life. I got married.‬‬
‫‪- My only sister, Amira, helps mum with the‬‬ ‫‪- 15‬ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ) ‪ ( ,‬ﻟﻔﺻل اﻟﻌﺑﺎرات أو اﻟﻣﻔردات اﻻﻋﺗراﺿﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﻣﻛن‬
‫‪housework.‬‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺗﻐﻧﺎء ﻋﻧﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪- The book that I borrowed from you is‬‬ ‫‪ -‬أﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧت ھذه اﻟﻌﺑﺎرات أو اﻟﻣﻔردات أﺳﺎﺳﯾﺔ وﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن اﻻﺳﺗﻐﻧﺎء ﻋﻧﮭﺎ ﻓﻼ‬
‫‪excellent.‬‬ ‫‪ (,‬وأھﻣﮭﺎ اﻟﻌﺑﺎرات اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺑدأ ب )‪: (that‬‬ ‫ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﺧدام)‬
‫اﻟﻧﻘطﺔ ‪The period / full stop ( . ):‬‬
‫‪I went to the market.‬‬ ‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﻧﻘطﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‪ :‬وﻓﻲ ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﺧﺑرﯾﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Don't shout at your sister.‬‬ ‫وﻓﻲ ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ ﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻷﻣر‪:‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
Tel. No. - Page = p. :‫وﻓﻲ ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻻﺧﺗﺻﺎرات‬
The question mark ( ? ): ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﻔﮭﺎم‬
- What, Where, When, Why, Which, Who, ‫ وﻓﻲ ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺳؤال اﻟذي ﯾﺑدأ‬:‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﻔﮭﺎم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
Whom, Whose, How - Where is my tablet, :‫ﺑﺄداة اﺳﺗﻔﮭﺎم او ﻓﻌل ﻣﺳﺎﻋد ﻣﺛل‬
mum? - How many close friends do you have?
- am, is, are, was, were - do, does, did -
have, has, had - can, could
Exc lamation point ( ! ): ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺟب‬
- What a terrifying animal! - Help! - I love you! ‫ وﺑﻌد اﻟﺗﻌﺑﯾرات اﻟﻲ ﺗدل ﻋﻠﻰ‬:‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺟب ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬
:‫ﻣﺷﺎﻋر ﻗوﯾﺔ ﻣﺛل اﻟﺣب أو اﻟﺧوف أو اﻟﻐﺿب‬
- Stop! Police! :‫ﺑﻌد اﻟﺗﻌﺑﯾرات اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗدل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻣر اﻟﻘوي‬
- Oh, my God! - Wow! - Great!
You are my best friend!
colon ( : ): ‫اﻟﻧﻘطﺗﺎن‬
- I put the following things into the shopping :‫و ﺑﻌد اﻟﺗﻌﺑﯾرات اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗدل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﻌب أو اﻟدھﺷﺔ‬
bag: apples, tomatoes, a carton of milk and
a bottle of oil.
- Treasure Island: An Adventure Novel - ‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌد اﻟﺗﻌﺑﯾرات اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗدل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣزاح أو اﻟﺳﺧرﯾﺔ‬
Education: An Investment in the Future of
the Country
- The ratio of girls to boys in my school is 2 : 1. :(proportion ) ‫و ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺑﯾر ﻋن اﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ‬
- It is 02:15. :‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺻل اﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋن اﻟدﻗﺎﺋق‬
sem i - colon ( ; ) : ‫اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﻘوطﺔ‬
- I opened the door; it was cold outside. ‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﻘوطﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺗﯾن ھﻣﺎ اﻟرﺑط ﺟﻣﻠﺗﯾن ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺗﯾن ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻠﺔ‬
:‫واﺣدة دون اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻛﻠﻣﺎت وﻋﺑﺎرات اﻟرﺑط‬
- I met people from England, London, :‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﯾل ﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
Canada, Toronto, France, Paris.
speech marks( " " ): ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﻧﺻﯾص‬
- " I don't mind fish,” said Omar. “But I ‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﻧﺻﯾص ﻟﯾوﺿﻊ ﺑﯾﻧﮭﻣﺎ ﻧص اﻟﻛﻼم اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷر )ﻻﺑد أن ﯾﺑدأ‬
prefer chicken”. :(‫اﻟﻛﻼم ﺑﯾﻧﮭﻣﺎ ﺑﺣرف ﻛﺑﯾر‬
Hyphen ( - ): ‫اﻟﺷرطﺔ‬
- sub-part - twentieth- century cinema - six- ‫وﺗﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﺷرطﺔ ﻟرﺑط أﺟزاء اﻟﻛﻠﻣﺎت اﻟﻣرﻛﺑﺔ ﻣﺛل‬
year- old children

ParagraphgWriting
• What is a paragraph? ‫ﻣﺎ ھﻲ اﻟﻔﻘرة اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ؟‬
1. A paragraph is a series of sentences that talk about a specific subject.
2. It doesn't really matter how many sentences a paragraph has, but a good paragraph consists of 5-7 sentences.
3. A paragraph starts on an indented line.
4. The lines that a paragraph should include in are at least three to five,not more. •
What are the characteristics of a good paragraph?
-2 Unity: (‫ اﻻﺋﺗﻼف )أﺣﺎدﯾﺔ اﻟﻔﻛرة‬-1
-3coherence ‫ ﺗﻣﺎس‬/ ‫ ﺗﻼﺣم‬/ ‫ﺗراﺑط‬
Emphasis ‫ﺗوﻛﯾد اﻷوﻟوﯾﺎت‬
Parts of a paragraph ‫أﺟزاء اﻟﻔﻘرة‬
 Topic sentence ‫اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ‬
 Supporting Sentences ‫ﺟﻣل ﺗدور ﺣول اﻟﻣوﺿوع‬
5
 ‫‪ Concluding Sentence‬‬ ‫اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﺧﺗﺎﻣﯾﺔ‬
‫‪ -1‬اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ )= ﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﻣﻘدﻣﺔ(‬
‫) ‪( Introduction sentence = Topic Sentence‬‬
‫‪The Topic sentence is often the first sentence of a paragraph. It states the main idea of the‬‬
‫‪paragraph.‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻛون ﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﻣوﺿوع ھﻲ اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻣن اﻟﻔﻘرة اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ‪ ،‬وھﻲ ﺗوﺿﺢ اﻟﻔﻛرة اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻘرة‪.‬‬
‫) ‪( Body ) (Supporting Sentences‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬اﻟﺟﻣل اﻟداﻋﻣﺔ )اﻟﻣﺗن( ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺷرح اﻟﺟﻣل اﻟداﻋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣزﯾد ﻋن اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻻﻓﺗﺗﺎﺣﯾﺔ ﻣن ﺧﻼل ﻋرض ﺑﻌض اﻟﺣﻘﺎﺋق أو اﻹﺣﺻﺎﺋﯾﺎت أو اﻷﻣﺛﻠﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣوﺿوع‪ ،‬وﺗﺷﻣل أﯾﺿﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺟرﺑﺔ اﻟﻛﺎﺗب وﺗﺣﻠﯾﻠﮫ اﻟﺧﺎص‪ ،‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﺟﻣل اﻟداﻋﻣﺔ ﻟﺗطوﯾر ﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﻣوﺿوع‪.‬‬
‫‪3 Concluding Sentence (= Closing Sentence):‬‬
‫اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﺧﺗﺎﻣﯾﺔ ھﻲ ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻔﻘرة اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ‪ ،‬وھﻲ ﺗرﺑط ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻷﻓﻛﺎر اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘرة وﺗؤﻛد اﻟﻔﻛرة اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻣرة أﺧﯾرة‪ ،‬وﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺧﺗﺎﻣﯾﺔ‪ ،‬ﯾﻌﯾد اﻟﻛﺎﺗب ﺻﯾﺎﻏﺔ ﺟﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﻣوﺿوع أو ﯾﻠﺧص اﻟﻧﻘﺎط اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘرة ‪.‬‬
‫أﻧواع اﻟﻔﻘرة اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ ‪Types of a paragraph‬‬
‫?‪What are the types of Paragraphs‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ھﻲ أﻧواع اﻟﻔﻘرات اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ؟‬
‫‪The most important types of paragraphs are: descriptive, narrative, expository, and persuasive.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻘرة اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟوﺻﻔﯾﺔ ‪1- Descriptive Paragraph:‬‬
‫ھذا اﻟﻧوع ﻣن اﻟﻔﻘرات اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﯾﺻف اﻟﻣوﺿوع‪ ،‬وﻋﺎدة ﻣﺎ ﺗﺧﺎطب اﻟﻔﻘرة اﻟوﺻﻔﯾﺔ اﻟﺣواس اﻟﺧﻣس‪ :‬اﻟﻠﻣس واﻟﺷم واﻟﺑﺻر واﻟﺻوت‬
‫واﻟﺗذوق‪ ،‬وﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾﻛون ھذا اﻟﻧوع ﻣن اﻟﻔﻘرات ذو طﺎﺑﻊ أدﺑﻲ وﻗد ﻻ ﯾﺗﺑﻊ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﯾﯾر اﻟﻧﺣوﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻘرة اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟرواﺋﯾﺔ ‪2- Narrative Paragraph:‬‬
‫ھذا اﻟﻧوع ﻣن اﻟﻔﻘرات اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﯾروي ﻗﺻﺔ‪ ،‬وﯾﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ أن ﻧﺳﻣﯾﮭﺎ ﻗﺻﺔ ﻗﺻﯾرة ﻣﺻﻐرة‪ ،‬وھﻲ ﺗﺗﺿﻣن ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺟﻣل اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺷﯾر إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺑداﯾﺔ اﻟواﺿﺣﺔ وﻣﻧﺗﺻف اﻟﻣوﺿوع وﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻔﻘرة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻘرة اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻔﺳﯾرﯾﺔ ‪3- Expository (how-to) Paragraph:‬‬
‫إن اﻟﻔﻘرة اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻔﺳﯾرﯾﺔ ﺗﻌرف ﺷﯾﺋﺎ ﻣﺎ أو ﺗﻌطﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت‪ ،‬وﻗد ﺗﻔﺳر أﯾﺿﺎ ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ ﻣﺎ وﺗؤﺛر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺎرئ ﺧطوة ﺑﺧطوة‪ ،‬وﻋﺎدة ﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺗﺎج ھذه‬
‫اﻟﻔﻘرة اﻟﺗﻔﺳﯾرﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺑﺣث‪ ،‬وﻟﻛن ﻣن اﻟﻣﻣﻛن أﯾﺿﺎ اﻻﻋﺗﻣﺎد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ اﻟﻛﺎﺗب وﺧﺑرﺗﮫ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻘرة اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻹﻗﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ ‪4- Persuasive Paragraph:‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﻌﻰ اﻟﻔﻘرة اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻹﻗﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻌل اﻟﻘراء ﯾﺗﺑﻧون وﺟﮭﺔ ﻧظر اﻟﻛﺎﺗب أو ﯾﻌرﻓون ﻣوﻗﻔﮫ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻣون اﻟﻔﻘرات اﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻗﻧﺎﻋﯾﺔ ﻷﻧﮭﺎ ﻣﻔﯾدة ﻋﻧد ﺑﻧﺎء ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺟﻌل اﻟﻛﺎﺗب ﯾﻘوم ﺑﺈﺟراء ﺑﺣث وﺟﻣﻊ ﺑﻌض اﻟﺣﻘﺎﺋق ﺣول اﻟﻣوﺿوع‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻛﻠﻣﺎت واﻟﺗﻌﺑﯾرات اﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻟﯾﺔ )اﻟرواﺑط( ‪Important transition words‬‬
‫‪expressions &Transition words and phrases are used to show the connection between two sentences‬‬
‫‪or paragraphs.‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﻛﻠﻣﺎت واﻟﻌﺑﺎرات اﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﻹظﮭﺎر اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﯾن ﺟﻣﻠﺗﯾن أو ﻓﻘرﺗﯾن أھم اﻟﻛﻠﻣﺎت واﻟﺗﻌﺑﯾرات اﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻟﯾﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Addition‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌطف واﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪( Additionally - in addition - besides that - Moreover - Furthermore - as well as - Besides - And‬‬
‫) ‪Again - in addition to - along with‬‬
‫‪Comparison‬‬ ‫اﻟﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ‬
‫‪Also‬‬ ‫‪as well‬‬ ‫‪in the same manner likewise‬‬ ‫‪similarly‬‬ ‫‪too‬‬
‫‪Contrast‬‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻧﺎﻗض‬
‫‪although‬‬ ‫‪Despite‬‬ ‫‪even though‬‬ ‫‪However‬‬ ‫‪in spite of Nevertheless‬‬
‫‪on the contrary‬‬ ‫‪on the other hand‬‬
‫‪Conclusion‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺗﺎم‬
‫‪all in all in conclusion in other words therefore‬‬ ‫‪to conclude‬‬ ‫‪in short‬‬ ‫‪in summary‬‬
‫‪on the whole‬‬ ‫‪to sum up‬‬ ‫‪Finally‬‬ ‫‪to summarize‬‬
‫‪Sequence‬‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳل اﻟزﻣﻧﻲ‬
‫‪After As as soon as‬‬ ‫‪Before‬‬ ‫‪During‬‬ ‫‪Since‬‬ ‫‪Subsequently Then until / till‬‬
‫‪when‬‬ ‫‪while‬‬ ‫‪Immediately‬‬ ‫)‪first (second...‬‬ ‫‪after that‬‬
‫‪Effect & Cause‬‬ ‫اﻟﺳﺑب واﻟﻧﺗﯾﺟﺔ‬
‫‪Accordingly‬‬ ‫‪as a result‬‬ ‫‪because of that‬‬ ‫‪Consequently‬‬ ‫‪for this reason‬‬
‫‪hence‬‬ ‫‪For instance‬‬ ‫‪In fact‬‬ ‫‪otherwise‬‬ ‫‪since / as‬‬ ‫‪So‬‬
‫‪Therefore‬‬ ‫‪Thus‬‬ ‫‪To illustrate‬‬ ‫‪That is‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
7 .
8 .
9 .
 ‫ﻛﻠﻣﺎت وﻋﺑﺎرات ﺗوﺿﺢ ان اﻟﻣﻘﻘ ﺎل اﻗﻧﺎﻋﻲ وھﻰ‬

‫‪11‬‬
12
 Exercises on Writing
Q1. Which sentence is correct? Q10. Which is correct?
A) The horse was crazy; it was too young to be in the A) Mark always knew his way around the woods. This is
ring. something he could always depend on.
B) The horse; was crazy it was too young to be in the b) Mark always knew his way around the woods, this is
ring. something he could always depend on.
C) The horse was crazy, it was too young to be in the c) Mark always knew his way around the woods this is
ring. something he could always depend on.
Q2. I am going home I intend to stay there. d) all of the above
A) NO CHANGE B) home; I intend Q11. Which is correct?
C) home, I intend D) home I intend. A) Judy leads a charmed life she never seems to have a
Q3. Which sentence is correctly punctuated? serious accident.
A) Even though you are tired; you have to play. B) Judy leads a charmed life; she never seems to have a
B) You have to play, because you; are tired. serious accident.
C) You are tired, you still have to play. C) Judy leads a charmed life, she never seems to have a
D) You are tired; you still have to play. serious accident.
Q4. Which sentence is correctly punctuated? Q12. Which is the correct sentence?
A) Paul Fisher hates Eric; however, he loves football. A) The fish was served with its head on Fred quickly lost
B) He loves football; but he hates Eric. his appetite.
C) Eric is older than Paul; Tangerine is in Florida. B) The fish was served with its head on, Fred quickly lost
D) None of the above his appetite.
Q5. Which sentence is correctly punctuated? C) The fish was served with its head on; Fren quickly lost
A) Eric is mean; Paul is nice. his appetite
B) Eric is mean; but Paul is nice. Q13. Which sentence is correct?
C) Paul's mom loves both Paul and Eric, however, Eric A) I usually don't like dessert; however, pie is good
does not like Paul. B) I usually don't like dessert however, pie is good
D) None of the above Q14. Which sentence is correct?
Q6. Which sentence is correctly punctuated? A) The cat slept in the windowsill it was warm.
A) Tangerine is a fruit; it is the name of the book we are B) The cat slept in the windowsill; it was warm.
reading. C) The cat slept; in the windowsill it was warm.
B) Tangerines are yellow; but the book is orange. Q15. Which sentence uses commas correctly?
C) Paul dies; but Eric lives. A) Jim is very bold and smart but he doesn't always say
D) none of the above nice things to people.
Q7. How would you revise the following sentence: B) Jim is very bold and smart, but he doesn't always
Kip met his girlfriend on the Internet her name is say nice things to people.
LaFawnduh. C) Jim, is very bold and smart but he doesn't always say
A) Add a comma after "Internet" nice things to people.
B) Add a semicolon after "Internet" D) Jim is very bold, and smart, but he doesn't always say
C) NO CHANGE nice things to people.
Q8. We put the picnic basket on the table we walked Q16. Which sentence uses commas correctly?
over to the playground. Correct the sentence. A)Jake, my black and white cat, loves to sleep on the
A) We put the picnic basket, on the table, we walked couch next to me.
over to the playground. B) Jake my black and white cat, loves to sleep on the
B) We put the picnic basket on the table, and we walked couch next to me.
over to the playground. C) Jake my black, and white cat, loves to sleep on the
C) We, put the picnic basket on the table we walked over couch next to me.
to the playground. D) Jake, my black and white cat loves to sleep on the
Q9. Sally is captain of the soccer team she helped couch next to me.
organize the tournament.correct the sentence. Q17. Pick that up now
A) Sally is captain of the soccer team she helped, A) ! B) ? C) ; D) .
organize the tournament. Q18. I have a big brown dog
B) Sally, is captain of the soccer team she helped A) ? B) ; C) ! D) .
organize the tournament. Q19. This mark is used before a list or quote,
C) Sally is captain of the soccer team. She helped between hours and minutes, or mathematical ratios.
organize the tournament. A)colon B)ellipis
C)exclamation point D)parentheses

13
Q20. This mark separates two independent clauses Q32. That recording of the Duke Ellington song
in a compound sentence. “Don’t Get Around Much Anymore” is classic.
A)semicolon B)quotation mark A)Noun B)Adjective
C)period D)parentheses C)Interjection D)Conjunction
Q21. What does a comma do? Q33. He did a book signing at the local bookstore.
A)make the sentence stop B)make a pause A)Noun B)Adjective
C)ask a question D)sound excited C) Interjection D)Conjunction
Q22. I need you to pick up the following things at Q34. If you have a complaint about your service, you
Kroger bananas, strawberries, and cookies. should call the telephone company.
A)semicolon B)colon C)comma A)Adjective B)Noun
Q23. I need you to pick up the following things at C)Interjection D)Conjunction
Kroger bananas, strawberries, and cookies. Q35. The launch controller decided to proceed with
A)semicolon B)colon the countdown.
C)comma A)Noun B)Adjective
Q24. I am going home I intend to stay there. C)Interjection D)Conjunction
A)NO CHANGE B)home; I intend Q36. In addition to ups, everyone experiences
C)home, I intend D)home I intend. a down now and then.
Q25. Choose the correct sentence. A) Noun B)Adverb
A)Dracula knocked several times no one came to the C)Preposition D)Conjunction
door. Q37. Tonight will be her first opportunity to use the
B) Dracula knocked several times no one came; to the new ring.
door. A)Noun B)Adverb
C) Dracula knocked several times; no one came to the C)Preposition D)Adjective
door. Q38. Teresa trains days and works nights.
D)Dracula knocked several times, no one came to the A) adverb B)Noun
door. C)Preposition D)Adjective
Q26. Choose the correct sentence or sentences. Q39. Teresa will have to draw upon her deep well of
A)Even though my brother hates ping pong; I can't get pugilistic skill.
enough of it. A)Noun B)Adverb
B) Even though my brother hates ping pong, I can't C)Preposition D)Adjective
get enough of it. Q40. She has been able to maintain her weight
C) Even though my brother hates ping pong. I can't get without having to go on a fast.
enough of it. A) Noun B)Adverb
D) I can't get enough of ping pong but my brother hates it. C)Preposition D)Adjective
Q27. Choose the correct sentence. Q41. The project looks intimidating, but it really isn’t
A) My sandwich must have the following toppings; lettuce, A) Linking Verb B) Action Verb
onions, and pickles. C) Intransitive verb C) Transitive verb
B)My sandwich must have the following toppings: Q42. The detective looked carefully at the footprint in
lettuce, onions, and pickles. the dirt
Q28. Which sentence is correct? A) linking Verb B) Action Verb
A)She doesnt understand why she failed the test. C)Intransitive verb D)Transitive verb
B) She doesn't understand why she failed the test. Q43. Does this movie seem boring to you?
C) She does'nt understand why she failed the test. A) Linking Verb B) Action Verb
Q29. Which sentence is correct? C)Intransitive verb D)Transitive verb
A) "Put your dirty clothes in the laundry room" she Q44. My, the storm uprooted a tree at Valleyview Park.
demanded. A)Pronoun B)Interjection
B) "Put your dirty clothes in the laundry room!" she C)Conjunction D)Adverb
demanded. Q45. Whoa! The sun is brighter than usual today
C) "Put your dirty clothes in the laundry room she A)Conjunction B)Interjection
demanded." C) Preposition D)Adverb
Q30. Which sentence is correct? Q46. That hat never fit on my head very well, anyway
A) Dear, Pam B)Dear Pam. A)Preposition B)Adverb
C)Dear Pam, C)Conjunction D)Interjection
Parts of speech Q47. We were happy that Sam decided to
Q31. My mother writes a newspaper column once a come along.
week A) Preposition B)Adverb
A) adjective B)Noun C)Conjunction D) Interjection
C) Interjection D)Conjunction

14
Q48. The rabbit quickly scampered over the hill. Q59. Where does the comma go?
A)Preposition B)Adverb Sandy who is my best friend, is president of our
C)Conjunction D)Interjection class.
Q49. Zack saw snow for the first time that night. A)Sandy, B)who,
A)Intransitive verb B)Transitive verb C)best, D)president,
C)Linking Verb D)Action Verb Q60. Where does the comma go?
Q50. We’re so happy about your good fortune. I knew the answer; however I was too shy to raise my
A)Linking Verb B)Action Verb hand.
C)Intransitive verb D)Transitive verb A)knew, B)however,
Q51. Which sentence is written correctly? C)shy, D)raise,
A) I want to go to Orlando Florida. Q61. Where does the comma go?
B) I want to go to, Orlando, Florida. We went to the mall the movies, and the park.
C) I want to go to Orlando, Florida. A)went, B)to,
Q52. Fix this sentence! Let's eat grandma! Correct C)mall, D)We,
A)Let's eat, grandma! B)Let's, eat grandma! Q62. Select the correct version of this sentence:
Q53. Which sentence is written correctly? A) 'Mary is trying hard in school this semester,' her father
A)We ate chicken, rice, carrots. said.
B) We are chicken, rice, and carrots. B) "Mary is trying hard in school this semester, her father
C) We are chicken, rice, and, carrots. said."
Q54. Which sentence uses commas correctly? C) "Mary is trying hard in school this semester," her
A)You may have, hot chocolate, hot tea, or coffee to father said.
drink. D) Mary is trying hard in school this semester, her father
B) You may have hot chocolate, hot tea, or coffee to said.
drink. Q63. This punctuation mark is used as a substitute
C) You may have hot chocolate; hot tea; or coffee to for a missing letter(s) in a word.
drink. A) comma B) period
D) You may have hot chocolate or hot tea or coffee, to C) quotation mark D) apostrophe
drink. Q64. This mark is used at the end of a question.
Q55. Which sentence uses commas correctly? A) exclamation point B) question mark
A) As, I rode my bike down the street I saw my friend C)period D)colon
riding her scooter. Q65. This mark is used before a list or quote,
B) As I rode my bike down the street I saw, my friend between hours and minutes, or mathematical ratios.
riding her scooter. A)colon B)ellipis
C) As I rode my bike down the street, I saw my friend C)exclamation point D)parentheses
riding her scooter. Q66. Choose the sentence that is correctly
D) As I rode my bike, down the street, I saw my friend punctuated.
riding her scooter. A) She was, as a matter of fact, mainly interested in
Q56. Where should the comma go in the following showing off her vocabulary.
sentence? B) She was, as a matter of fact mainly interested in
It's been raining outside but I still want to go the zoo. showing off her vocabulary.
A)still, B)outside, C) She was as a matter of fact, mainly interested in
C)raining, D)The sentence does not need commas showing off her vocabulary.
Q57. Even though people don’t think I am shy I am. D) She was as a matter of fact mainly interested in
A)Insert comma after "think" showing off her vocabulary.
B) Insert comma directly after "though" Q67. Choose the sentence that is correctly
C) Insert comma after the word shy punctuated.
D) No comma needed A) Before reaching the summit, the climbers were
Q58. What sentence uses the comma correctly? forced by a storm to turn back.
A)This cool awesome sentence is totally worth your time. B) Before reaching the summit the climbers were forced
B) This cool, awesome sentence is totally worth your by a storm to turn back.
time. C) Before reaching the summit, the climbers were, forced
C) This cool, awesome, sentence, is totally worth your by a storm, to turn back.
time. D) Before reaching the summit the climbers were, forced
D) This cool awesome sentence is, totally, worth your by a storm, to turn back.
time.

15
Q68. Choose the sentence that is correctly Q79. Choose the correct sentence.
punctuated. A) My sandwich must have the following toppings; lettuce,
A) On Friday, June 4, 2015, I will be on my way to onions, and pickles.
Honolulu, Hawaii. B) My sandwich must have the following toppings:
B) On Friday, June 4, 2015 I will be on my way to lettuce, onions, and pickles.
Honolulu, Hawaii. Q80. She didn't see the other car coming so her car
C) On Friday June 4, 2015, I will be on my way to has a dent now.
Honolulu, Hawaii. NO CHANGE
D) On Friday June 4 2015, I will be on my way to A) She didn't see the other car coming so, her car has a
Honolulu, Hawaii. dent now.
Q69. Choose the sentence that is correctly B) She didn't see the other car coming; her car has a dent
punctuated. now.
A) After discussing the text, we agreed that Somerset C) She didn't see the other car coming, her car has a
Maugham could tell a good story. dent now.
B) After discussing the text we agreed that Somerset Q81. The king shouted, " let the game begin_''
Maugham could tell a good story. A) ? B) ! C) ,
C)After discussing the text, we agreed that Somerset, D) ''
Maugham could tell a good story. Q82. Which sentence is correctly punctuated?
D)After discussing the text we agreed that Somerset, A)is there a quizizz game for today? Ahmed asked.
Maugham could tell a good story. B) "is there a quizizz game for today"? ahmed asked.
Q70. Choose the sentence that is correctly C) "is there a quizizz game for today?" Ahmed asked.
punctuated. D) "Is there a quizizz game for today?" Ahmed asked.
A) Tomorrow, I believe, is the last day to register to Q83. This is Moosa_s house.
vote in the November general election. A) ? B) '' C) '
B)Tomorrow I believe, is the last day to register to vote in D) !
the November general election. Q84. which sentence is correctly punctuated?
C) Tomorrow I believe is the last day to register to vote in A)Ali was born in Sohar in 2012
the November general election. B) ali was born in Sohar in 2012.
D) Tomorrow, I believe, is the last day to register to vote C) Ali was born in sohar in 2012.
in the November, general election. D) Ali was born in Sohar in 2012.
Q71. What type of punctuation does this sentence Q85. sets off a dramatic interruption or abrupt
need? Math is my favorite subject change in thought
A) ! B) ? C) . D) , A) dash B)hyphen
Q72. What goes at the end of this sentence? C)parentheses
WOW! Did you see that _ Q86. connects words and numbers
A) ! B) . C) ? D) , A)hyphen B)dash
Q73. Where is my pencil C)parentheses
A) B) ! C) " D) ? Q87. I need you to pick up the following things at
Q74. That is amazing Kroger bananas, strawberries, and cookies.
A) ? B) # C) ! D) . A)semicolon B)colon
Q75. I need you to pick up the following things at C)comma
Kroger bananas, strawberries, and cookies. Q88. If I don't study for this test, I'm not going to do
A)semicolon B)colon C)comma well if I don't do well, I will cry.
Q76. If I don't study for this test, I'm not going to do A)Semicolon B)Colon
well if I don't do well, I will cry. C)Comma
A)Semicolon B)Colon C)Comma Q89. It was really cold last week however, it's
Q77. It was really cold last week however, it's been in the 60s the last few days.
been in the 60s the last few days. A) Semicolon B)Colon
A) Semicolon B)Colon C)Comma C)Comma
Q78. There's only one reason that you should be Q90. Which sentence is correct?
talking to ask me a question. A)His mom's shoes are expensive. B)His mom's
A)Semicolon B)Colon C)Comma shoe's are expensive.
C)His moms shoe's is expensive. D)His moms
shoes is expensive.

16
Q91. Which of the following sentences is written Q102. For honesty, credibility and proof, newspaper
correctly? reports include .
A)It is Mary's sons ball. B)It's Marys son's ball. A) A headline and a by line
C)Its Mary's son's ball D)It is Mary's son's ball. B) People involved , witnesses or experts quotes
92. Which sentence is punctuated correctly? C) Photos and captions
A) "I am certain," mom said "that we will make it on Q103. By-line is a line that shows .
time." A)the name of the newspaper
B) "I am certain, mom said, that we will make it on time." B) the name of the reporter
C) "I am certain," mom said, "that we will make it on C) the name of the witnesses involved
time." D) the name of the article / report
D) I am certain mom said, that we will make it on time. Q104. Headlines .
Q93. Which sentence is punctuated correctly? A)must be eye catching, bold and big in size
A) My grandfather - the man in the suit- is from B)must be long and detailed
Ireland. Q105. To include people’s comments and make a
B) My grandfather the man in the suit is from Ireland. news report more interesting, reporters include
C) My grandfather, the man in the suit is from Ireland. .
D) My grandfather: the man in the suit; is from Ireland. A)passive voice and direct or reported speech
Q94. Which sentence is punctuated correctly? B)reporter's opinion
A) "Jon," his father called out "we're in a hurry." C)photos and captions
B) "Jon," his father called out, "we're in a hurry." D)headlines and by lines
C) "Jon, his father called out, "we're in a hurry." Q106. It answers the questions: who, what, when
D) "Jon," his father called out, "We're in a hurry." ,where to give a brief idea about all the report.
Newspapers A)paragraph one
Q95. Newspaper Report is a type of writing. B)paragraph two
A)recount B)opinion C)paragraph three
C)descriptive D)instructional Q107. It provides more details about the event as it
Q96. Which statement IS NOT one of the purposes of answers the questions: how and why.
newspaper reports? A) Lead-in paragraph
A) Keep readers up to date with news & latest events. B) Body paragraph
B) instruct readers with steps of doing something in the C)Concluding paragraph
right way. Q108. When writing headlines, omit .
C) tell readers more about subjects that interest them. A)articles ( a - an - the )
D) provide readers with entertainment. B)( verb to be ) when using the passive voice
Q97. A newspaper report is impersonal. This means C)full stops
that it is based on . D)all of the above
A) facts B)opinion Q109. Newspaper reports are .
Q98. A newspaper report is organized into A)unreal and imaginative
A)Paragraphs B)true and factual
B) Columns Q110. Which sentence below is correctly
C) Paragraphs and columns punctuated?
Q99. Events in newspaper reports are written in A) My sister, the tall one, is about to enter high school.
. B) My sister the tall one is about to enter high school.
A)chronological order C) My sister, the tall one is about to enter high school.
B)non-chronological order D) My sister the tall one, is about to enter high school.
Q100. Choose the correct language features of Q111. Ms Lynn wrote this quiz .
newspaper reports. A) Myself
A) Written in the present tense and in the first person B) Herself
point of view of the reporter. C) Hers
B) Written in the past tense and in the third person point D) himself
of view. Q112. Which sentence is punctuated correctly?
Q101. What is the purpose of the headline? A) We decided to eat at Olive Garden my favorite
A)It introduces the subject of the report. restaurant.
B) It gives general idea about the whole article B) We decided to eat at, Olive Garden, my favorite
C) It attracts and captures readers’ attention. restaurant.
D) All of the above. C) We decided to eat at Olive Garden, my favorite
restaurant.
D) We decided, to eat, at Olive Garden my favorite
restaurant.

17
Q113. Neither the dog nor the cat wants _ Q122. Choose the correct sentence:
ears examined. A) Jennifer who is a chemical engineer works for
A) their Folgers Coffee.
B) its B) Jennifer, who is a chemical engineer works for
C) her Folgers Coffee.
D) his C) Jennifer who is a chemical engineer, works for
Q114. Which sentence uses commas correctly? Folgers Coffee.
A) Sally is sweet, pretty, and nice. D) Jennifer, who is a chemical engineer, works for
B) Sally is sweet, pretty, and, nice,. Folgers Coffee.
C) Sally is sweet pretty and nice. Q123. Choose the correct sentence:
D) Sally is sweet pretty and nice! A) I have to leave for work early in the morning
Q115. Which of the following is a proper noun? therefore I am going to bed soon.
A) Mrs. Pernice B) I have to leave for work early in the morning;
B) Principal therefore, I am going to bed soon.
C) children's doctor C) I have to leave for work early in the morning,
D) teacher therefore, I am going to bed soon.
Q116. Which of the following IS NOT a pronoun: D) I have to leave for work early in the morning
A) I therefore, I am going to bed soon.
B) Him Q124. Choose the correct sentence:
C) Your A) Those girls humor and laughter are contagious.
D) And B) Those girl’s humor and laughter are contagious.
Q117. Which sentence is punctuated correctly? C) Those girls’s humor and laughter are contagious.
A) Petey my pet snake has only bitten one person. D) Those girls' humor and laughter are contagious.
B) Petey, my pet snake, has only bitten one person. Q125. Choose the correct sentence:
C) Petey, my pet snake has only bitten one person. A) Jenny and Kevin’s mom cooked a delicious dinner tonight.
D) Petey my pet snake, has only bitten one person. B) Jenny's and Kevin’s mom cooked a delicious dinner tonight.
Q118. Identify the adjective: C) Jenny and Kevins' mom cooked a delicious dinner tonight.
D) Jennys' and Kevins' mom cooked a delicious dinner
The shiny car caught his attention.
tonight.
A) Shiny
Q126. When should a word be capitalized?
B) Car
A) Beginning of Sentence
C) Attention
B) Important Words in a Title
D) his
C) Proper Nouns
Q119. Which sentence uses commas correctly?
D) All of these
A) I wanted to buy cookies chips and, candy. Q127. Bob and i went to the store to get some orange juice.
B) I wanted to buy cookies chips and candy. A) Change i to I
C) I wanted to buy cookies, chips, and candy. B) Change orange to Orange
D) I wanted to buy cookies chips ,and, candy C) Change Bob to bob
Q120. Choose the correct sentence: D) Change juice to Juice
A) She finished her work for the day, and then took a Q128. Which of these is correct?
long lunch. A) He am a student.
B) She finished her work for the day and then took a B) He is a student.
long lunch. C) He be a student.
C) She finished her work for the day and, then took a D) He are a student.
long lunch Q129. Which of these is correct?
D) She finished her work for, the day, and then took a A) I am a teacher.
long lunch B) I is a teacher.
Q121. Choose the correct sentence: C) I be a teacher.
A) Although, you may be able to do math in your head D) I are a teacher.
you still need to show your work. Q130. Which one of the following is a noun?
B) Although you may be able to do math in your head, A) jump
you still need to show your work. B) cat
C) Although you may be able to do math in your head C) run
you still need to show your work. D) hop
D) Although you may be able to, do math in your head, Q131. Which one of the following is a noun?
you still need to show your work. A) swim
B) write
C) bike
D) store

18
Q132. Which one of the following is a noun? Q141. Choose the correct sentence:
A) mom A) My oldest cousin, who lives in Detroit, is a policeman.
B) skip B) My oldest cousin who lives in Detroit, is a policeman.
C) walk C) My oldest cousin who lives in Detroit is a policeman.
D) sprint D) My oldest cousin, who lives in Detroit is a policeman.
Q133. Identify the adjective: Q142. Choose the correct sentence:
The teacher taught an interesting class A) Although, you may be able to do math in your head
A) teacher you still need to show your work.
B) taught B) Although you may be able to do math in your head,
C) interesting you still need to show your work.
D) class C) Although you may be able to do math in your head
Q134. Identify the adjective: you still need to show your work.
The young class was nervous about the test. D) Although you may be able to, do math in your head,
A) young you still need to show your work.
B) class Q143. Choose the correct sentence:
C) about A) Jennifer who is a chemical engineer works for
D) test Folgers Coffee.
Q135. Which sentence is written correctly? B) Jennifer, who is a chemical engineer works for
A) i can run fast! Folgers Coffee.
B) I can run fast. C) Jennifer who is a chemical engineer, works for
C) I can run fast! Folgers Coffee.
D) i can run fast! D) Jennifer, who is a chemical engineer, works for
Q136. Which country is capitalized correctly? Folgers Coffee.
A) The republic of Congo Q144. Choose the correct sentence:
B) New Zealand A) Because I am a procrastinator, I have to use a daily
C) The United states of America planner for my homework assignments.
D) dominican republic B) Because I am a procrastinator, I have to use a daily
Q137. What title below uses correct capitalization? planner, for my homework assignments.
A) The Hunger Games C) Because I am a procrastinator I have to use a daily
B) Diary of a wimpy kid planner for my homework assignments.
C) i Am Malala D) Because I am a procrastinator I have to use a daily
D) the Hot Zone planner, for my homework assignments.
Q138. Choose the correct sentence: Q145. Choose the correct sentence:
A) You may only bring a pencil, paper, and an approved A) The centerpieces had her favorite flowers; roses,
calculator into the testing room. carnations, and daisies.
B) You may only bring a pencil paper, and an approved B) The centerpieces had her favorite flowers: roses,
calculator into the testing room. carnations, and daisies.
C) You may only bring a pencil paper and an approved C) The centerpieces had her favorite flowers roses,
calculator into the testing room. carnations, and daisies.
D) You may only bring a pencil, paper and an approved D) The centerpieces had her favorite flowers: roses
calculator into the testing room. carnations and daisies.
Q139. Choose the correct sentence: Q146. Choose the correct sentence:
A) She finished her work for the day, and then took a A) I have to leave for work early in the morning
long lunch. therefore I am going to bed soon.
B) She finished her work for the day and then took a B) I have to leave for work early in the morning;
long lunch therefore, I am going to bed soon.
C) She finished her work for the day and, then took a C) I have to leave for work early in the morning,
long lunch therefore, I am going to bed soon.
D) She finished her work for, the day, and then took a long lunch D) I have to leave for work early in the morning
Q140. Choose the correct sentence: therefore, I am going to bed soon.
A) Jamie asked a really good question so the class took Q147. Choose the correct sentence:
notes, based on the answer. A) I answered the phone it seemed no one was on the
B) Jamie asked a really good question so, the class other line.
took notes based on the answer. B) I answered the phone, it seemed no one was on the
C) Jamie asked a really good question so the class took other line.
notes based on the answer. C) I answered the phone: it seemed no one was on the
D) Jamie asked a really good question, so the class other line.
took notes based on the answer. D) I answered the phone; it seemed no one was on the
other line.

19
.
Q148. Choose the correct sentence: Q159. Choose the correct sentence:
A) Those girls humor and laughter are contagious. A) It will take us less than an hour to complete the test.
B) Those girl’s humor and laughter are contagious. B) It will take us fewer than an hour to complete the test.
C) Those girls’s humor and laughter are contagious. Q160. Choose the correct sentence:
D) Those girls' humor and laughter are contagious. A)Chocolate is a better ice cream flavor then vanilla.
Q149. Choose the correct sentence: B)Chocolate is a better ice cream flavor than vanilla.
A) The teacher spent the morning reading a variety of Q161. Choose the correct sentence:
childrens’ stories. A) I am going to eat my dinner and then do my
B) The teacher spent the morning reading a variety of homework.
childrens stories. B) I am going to eat my dinner and than do my
C) The teacher spent the morning reading a variety of homework.
children's stories. Q162. Choose the correct sentence:
D) The teacher spent the morning reading a variety of A) What is the effect of rising gas prices?
childrens’s stories. B) What is the affect of rising gas prices?
Q150. Choose the correct sentence: Q163. Whenever students are under a great deal of
A) The Smith’s live in Pearland, Texas. stress, (he or she) often stop studying.
B) The Smiths live in Pearland, Texas. A) NO CHANGE
C) The Smiths’s live in Pearland, Texas. B) they
D) The Smiths' live in Pearland, Texas. C) them
Q151. Choose the correct sentence: D) we
A) Because of the sale, I feel like I really got my moneys Q164. Neither of the little girls (wants) to share the
worth. toys.
B) Because of the sale I feel like I really got my moneys A) NO CHANGE
worth. B) want
C) Because of the sale, I feel like I really got my C) have wanted
money's worth. D) will have wanted
D) Because of the sale I feel like I really got my money's Q165. Lonnie stopped at the post office and asked
worth. (them) to hold his mail while he was on vacation.
Q152. Choose the correct sentence: A)NO CHANGE
A) The milk in the refrigerator is a week past its B) they
expiration date. C) her
B) The milk in the refrigerator is a week past it’s D) a postal worker
expiration date. Q166. Each of my sisters (has their) own room.
Q153. Choose the correct sentence: A)NO CHANGE
A) The weatherman predicted that its going to rain on B) have their
Wednesday. C) has there
B) The weatherman predicted that it’s going to rain on D) has her
Wednesday. Q167. Everything in the office (has its) own place.
Q154. Choose the correct sentence: A)NO CHANGE
A) Jenny and Kevin’s mom cooked a delicious dinner tonight. B) has it's
B) Jenny's and Kevin’s mom cooked a delicious dinner C) have it's
tonight. D) had it's
C) Jenny and Kevins' mom cooked a delicious dinner tonight. Q168. Neither of my uncles (have) ever smoked in his life.
D) Jennys' and Kevins' mom cooked a delicious dinner
A) NO CHANGE
tonight.
B) has
Q155. Choose the correct sentence:
C) will has
A) Ryder’s and Zoey’s owner is Dustin.
D) haven't
B) Ryders' and Zoeys' owner is Dustin.
Q169. The school has asbestos in many of (ones)
C) Ryder and Zoey’s owner is Dustin.
classrooms.
D) Ryder’s and Zoey owner is Dustin.
A) NO CHANGE
Q156. Choose the correct sentence:
B) their
A) I should of completed all of my homework last night
B) I should have completed all of my homework last night C) its
Q157. Choose the correct sentence: D) her
A) The flu has effected most of the population this year. Q170. If a student wants to succeed on this grammar
B) The flu has affected most of the population this year. quiz, (they) need(s) to study.
Q158. Choose the correct sentence: A) NO CHANGE
A) The captain led the team onto the field. B) he or she
B) The captain lead the team onto the field. C) you
D) one

20
.
Q171. Neither of the contestants (runs) fast. Q181. Completely devoted, these circulars help
A) NO CHANGE coupon users to get even more savings.
B) run A) NO CHANGE
C) will run B) These circulars, completely devoted, help coupon
D) have been running users get even more savings.
Q172. Everybody in the gym (has went) home. C) These coupons help completely devoted coupon users
A) NO CHANGE get even more savings.
B) are going D) These circulars help coupon users to get even more
C) is went savings, completely devoted.
D) has gone Q182. Science is a constantly (evolution) practice
Q173. Before the test, anyone can look at (their) book. that has changed considerably over the years.
A) NO CHANGE A) NO CHANGE
B) his or her B) evolved
C) its C)evolving
D) it's D)evolve
Q174. Both of the boys inherited (his) mother's red hair. Q183. You will find (there is a lot of differences)
A) NO CHANGE between the schools.
B) his or her A) NO CHANGE
C) their B) there's a lot of differences
D) her C) there are a lot of differences
Q175. Which is a run-on sentence? D) there is a lot of difference
A) The poems of Walt Whitman always inspire me. Q184. The young girl (yelled in a loud voice,) "Don't
B) We'll varnish these oak floors they need to be sanded touch my painting!"
first. A) NO CHANGE
C) I love to play basketball, but we don't have a gym B) yelled loudly,
that's close. C)yelled,
D) He is a sweet man; however, he hurt my feelings D)yelled in a loud manner,
yesterday. Q185. We use this for permanent states, repeated
Q176. My (parent's) are coming for a visit. actions and daily routines.
A) NO CHANGE A) Simple Past
B) parents' B) Present Perfect
C) parent C) Simple Present
D) parents Q186. Gives necessary information on a sentence,
Q177. The (teachers) cars are parked in front of the the relative pronoun can be omitted.
school. A) Defining Relative Clause
A) NO CHANGE B) Non-defining Relative Clause
B) teachers' C) Simple Past
C) teacher's Q187. It is used to express general truths and laws of
D) teacher nature, timetables and schedules and also for sport
Q178. He was walking (slow) down the hallway when commentaries, reviews and narrations.
security told him to get to class. A) Past Perfect Progressive
A) NO CHANGE B) Simple Present
B) more slowly C) Simple Past
C) slowly D)None
D) more slow Q188. “The Earth’s climate is changing rapidly” this
Q179. The music lesson taught us the following sentence is in:
(concepts;) crescendo, decrescendo, forte, refrain, A) Present Progressive
and staccato. B) Past Progressive
A) NO CHANGE C)Future
B) concepts, Q189. It is used to identify who or what we are talking
C) concepts: about.
D) concepts A) Adverbs of Frequency
Q180. Everyone should be familiar (with) the song B) Relatives/Relative Clause
being sung. C)Connectors/Joining Words
A) NO CHANGE Q190. What is the Superlative of “Beautiful”?
B) to A) Beautifully
C) for B) The Beautifuliest
D) by C) The Most Beautiful

21
.
Q191. It is used for actions that happened in the past Q202. Similar to the Simple Past, it is formed by the
at a definite time. The time is stated. For past habits aux verb “have” in past and a participle verb. Used
or states which are now finished. for an action that started and finished in the past and
A) Simple Past is usually interrupted by another action that finished
B) Past Progressive in the past.
C) Past Perfect A) Past Perfect Progressive
Q192. Choose the incorrect possessive: B) Simple Past
A) My – Mine C) Past Perfect
B) Your – Your Q203. It is used to put emphasis on the duration of
C) Her – Hers an action which started and finished in the past
D) Our - Ours before another past action interrupted
Q193. “I have breakfast before I will go to school” A) Past Perfect Progressive
this sentence is incorrect because: B) Past Progressive
A) We do not use future tenses with Time Words C) Past Perfect
B) Because... Just because □ Q204. The formula “Subject + Aux verb Have + Past
C) This sentence is correct Participle of the verb To Be + Main verb with gerund”
Q194. The sentence “My dog, whose name is Blacky, forms:
is very friendly” is: A) Present Perfect
A) Defining B) Past Perfect Progressive
B) Non-defining C) Present Perfect Progressive
Q195. We use this for an action that was in progress Q205. What are the plural forms of "life" and
in the past. An action that was in progress when "person"?
another action interrupted or 2 simultaneous past A) lifes and persons
actions: B) lives and persons
A) Past Progressive C) lives and people
B) Simple Past D) live and people
C) Present Progressive Q206. Which noun is countable?
Q196. What is the correct order of the adjectives (not A) Furniture
all of them are included): B) Money
A) Opinion - Shape - Size – Noun C) Sacrifice
B) Opinion - Size - Color – Noun D) Happiness
C) Size - Shape - Opinion – Color Q207. Which articles are being used correctly?
D) Color - Noun - Material - Weight A) A hour + A university
Q197. It is used to describe an action that started in B) An hour + An university
the past and continues on the present NOT doing C) A hour + An university
emphasize on the duration of the action. D) An hour + A university
A) Past Perfect Q208. Which modal verb is being used correctly?
B) Present Perfect A) He should have done that.
C) Present Perfect Progressive B) He should of done that.
Q198. It is used TO emphasize the duration of an action C) He should has done that.
which started in the past and continues up to the present. D) He should having done that.
Can’t never be used for an action that ended in the past. Q209. Which sentence uses the passive voice
A) Present Perfect Progressive correctly?
B) Past Perfect Progressive A) The flowers were delivered in the afternoon.
C) Present Perfect B) The food is getting cold.
Q199. “Onto - Through - Across - Behind... etc” are: C) The cashier has a broken leg.
A) Prepositions of Place D) The sadness in the room is palpable.
B) Prepositions of Movement Q210. Which sentence uses subject/verb agreement
Q200. The formula “as + adjective + as” is used to: correctly?
A) To say 2 things, places or people are similar A) The protagonist's guilt lead him to behave poorly.
B) To emphasize the difference between 2 things B) The protagonist's guilt is lead him to behave poorly.
C) To express differences C) The protagonist's guilt leading him to behave poorly.
Q201. The formula “less + adjective + than” is used to: D) The protagonist's guilt leads him to behave poorly.
A) To compare to equal things Q211. Which sentence uses the present perfect tense
B) To express the difference between two people or things
correctly?
C) To emphasize the difference between two people,
A) She has know about the surprise for a long time.
places or things
B) She has known about the surprise for a long time.
C) She knew about the surprise for a long time.
D) She had known about the surprise for a long time.

22
.
Q212. Which sentence does not have a verb error? Q222. Which sentence is wrong?
A) She caught the ball and throws it to the catcher. A) My best friend likes cars.
B) She catch the ball and throw it to the catcher. B) Is your brother tall?
C) She catches the ball and threw it to the catcher. C) Has your aunt got a cat?
D) She catches the ball and throws it to the catcher. D) Is the people nice here?
Q213. Which pronouns are being used correctly? Q223. Which sentences are right?
A) She is pleased due to she effort. A) I want to go too Paris next year.
B) Hers is pleased due to she's effort. B) She likes him too.
C) She is pleased due to hers effort. C) Too be young is hard.
D) She is pleased due to her effort. D) He was too young to vote in 2015.
Q214. Which sentence uses the conditional tense Q224. Which of the following is an example of an
correctly? independent clause?
A) If she had control, she will be happier. A) While I know that.
B) If she had control, she would be happier. B) Until you know the answer.
C) If she has control, she would be happier. C) I have six cats.
D) If she had control, she is happier. D) If you know him,
Q215. Which sentence uses the possessive form Q225. Verb tense depends on the action
correctly? took place.
A) They walk they're dogs every day. A) Where
B) She walks her dog every day. B) When
C) He walks him dog every day. C) Who
D) She walks she dog every day. D) why
Q216. Which sentence uses the apostrophe correctly Q226. Proper nouns are _ nouns.
to show possession? A) General
A) The dog’s leashes became tangled. B) Special
B) The childrens' minds are made up. C) Great
C) The dog runs onto other peoples' property. D) specific
D) They enjoy playing in other people's lawns. Q227. In subject-verb agreement, the subject and
Q217. Which sentence uses the passive form verb must...
correctly? A) not agree.
A) His car stolen yesterday. B) use punctuation to show agreement.
B) His car was stolen yesterday. C) work together to agree.
C) His car was steal yesterday. D) be capitalized.
D) His car stole yesterday. Q228. A: Why wasn`t Jennifer at the party on
Q218. Which sentence has correct subject/verb Saturday?B: She _about the date change.
agreement? A) wasn`t been told
A) The students plays in the park. B) hadn`t been told
B) The teacher or student walk in the park. C) hadn`t told
C) The teacher or the students are in the park D) wasn`t been informed
D) The teachers is in the park. E) weren`t told
Q219. Which sentence uses articles correctly? Q229. the cat is running away from the dog.
A) The protagonist is characterized by the troubling A) Punctuation
behaviour. B) Capitalization
B) Protagonist is characterized by troubling behaviour. C) Usage
C) The protagonist is characterized by troubling D) spelling
behaviour. Q230. Last October us students read some lively
D) The protagonist is characterized by the troubling books about womans.
behaviour. A) Change October to October
Q220. Which sentence is wrong? B) Change "us" to "we" and "womans" to women
A) John and I have many things in common. C) Change "lively" to "livly"
B) John`s mum have blue eyes. D) Change "read" to "red" and change "students" to
C) I have never been to Helsinki. "student"
D) John has never been to Jerusalem. Q231. Ms Chu said, Tell me about Zina Garrison Robert.
Q221. Which sentences are right? A) Add quotation marks in front of Tell and after Robert.
A) Anna speaks really slow. B) Change "Chu" to "chu"
B) Dad`s new car is fast. C) Change Zina to zina
C) The pie smells good. D) Add a "." after the s in Ms and quotations in front of tell
D) Anders has a beautifully voice. and after Robert.
Q240. A student wrote a sentence that contains

23
.
 errors in punctuation. Which two words should be
followed by a comma in this sentence:
Q232. On Saturday, Miss Washington will speek to us Although the teacher planned a fun creative lesson
about sioux artists. using technology the Internet connection was down
A) Change "speek" to "speak" and change "sioux" to that day.
"Sioux" A) although
B) Take out the comma after Saturday and put a capital B) fun
on "sioux" C) creative
C) Change "artists" to "artist" D) technology
D) No changes needed Q241. What change would you make in this
Q233. Which three do you need to look for when sentence?
proofreading your work? I don't know if my dad will let me drive his new BMW,
A) Spelling but it's worth a try.
B) Internet connection A) Correct: it's to its
C) Punctuation B) Change: but to yet
D) Grammar C) Remove the comma after BMW
1.A,b 2. A, b, c 3. A,c,d 4. B , c, d D) No change. It looks good.
Q234. Last summer, my family and I camped by the Q242. What is the correct punctuation of this class?
Mississippi river. While hurrying to class I dropped my chrome book
A) change family to Family and it shattered on the floor.
B) change I to me A) While hurrying to class, I dropped my chrome book
C) change river to River and it shattered on the floor.
D) The sentence is correct. B) While hurrying to class I dropped my chrome book,
Q235. Why did the little puppy dog lick its sore paw. and it shattered on the floor.
A) Change its to it's C) While hurrying to class, I dropped my chrome book,
B) Change sore to soar and it shattered on the floor.
C) Change puppy to puppey D) No change.
D) Change the period to a question mark Q243. What is the problem with this sentence?
Q236. What is the best way to rewrite these I am a cotton-headed ninny muggins, I completely
sentences? Sarah was great at math. Sarah was not forgot to give my Secret Santa a gift today.
very good at writing. A) Nothing; it's fine.
A) Sarah was great at math but she was not. Very good B) It's a fragment.
at writing. C) It's a comma splice
B) Sarah was great at math. But not good at writing. Q244. Which sentence has the best parallel
C) Sarah was great at math, but she was not very good structure and punctuation?
at writing. A) A-Aaron decided that over the winter break he would
D) Sarah was great at math but she was not very good at writing. do nothing but sit around, playing Uno and watching
Q237. What change if any should be made to this Youtube video fails.
sentence? B) A-Aaron decided that over the winter break, he would
I wonder if its their birthday today. do nothing, but sit around, play Uno and watch Youtube
A) Change its to it's video fails.
B) Change their to they're C) A-Aaron decided that over the winter break, he would
C) Change wonder to wunder do nothing but sitting, playing Uno and maybe watch
D) Make no change Youtube video fails.
Q238. What change if any should be made to this D) A-Aaron decided that over the winter break he would
sentence? Yesterday we build a fort at recess. do nothing but sit around, play Uno and watch Youtube
A) Chance recess to resess video fails.
B) Change build to built Q245. Which sentence shows the best parallel
C) Insert a comma after build structure? (Hint: Look for the sentence that is
D) Make no change the least wordy)
Q239. Choose the sentence with no errors in spelling. A) Sandra is not a good cook, and she can't bake either.
A) I like to put cookies or chocolate syrup in my B) Sandra can't cook well, and neither can she bake.
milkshakes. C) Sandra can't cook, and doesn't bake well either.
B) I like to put cookies or chocolate syrrup in my D) Sandra is neither a good cook nor a good baker.
milkshakes.
C) I like to put cookies or choclate syrup in my
milkshakes.
D) I like to put cookies or chocolate syrop in my
milkshakes.

24
.
Q246. Which choice combines sentences correctly Q253. Which is the correct version of the following
(comma use) without losing meaning? sentence:
(Hint: Look for the sentence that is not wordy and My Family traveled to yellowstone national park in
uses the comma correctly) march.
A) Louder than a herd of elephants, the two-year old A) My Family traveled to Yellowstone National park in March.
stormed through the house. B) My family traveled to Yellowstone national park in march.
B) The two-year old was louder than a herd of elephants C) My family traveled to Yellowstone National Park in March.
and stormed through the house. Q254. How many adjectives are in the following
C) As a herd of elephants, the two year-old stormed sentence?
through the house. John happily opened the front door when he heard
D) Louder than a herd of elephants the two-year old his best friend knocking on the old door.
stormed through the house. A) 2
Q247. When should a word be capitalized? B) 3
A) Beginning of Sentence C) 1
B) Important Words in a Title D) zero
C) Proper Nouns Q255. How many adjectives are in the following
D) All of these sentence?
Q248. Which sentence is punctuated correctly? One of the largest buildings in the world is located
A) We decided to eat at Olive Garden my favorite on that tiny mountain that overlooks the blue sea.
restaurant. A) 3
B) We decided to eat at, Olive Garden, my favorite B) 1
restaurant. C) 2
C) We decided to eat at Olive Garden, my favorite D) zero
restaurant. Q256. How many adjectives are in the following sentence?
Carl calmly went to the busy store to pick up red apples.
D) We decided, to eat, at Olive Garden my favorite
A) 1
restaurant.
B) 2
Q249. Which sentence below is correctly
C) 3
punctuated?
D) zero
A) My sister, the tall one, is about to enter high school.
Q257. What is the adverb in the following sentence?
B) My sister the tall one is about to enter high school.
The man nervously waited in line.
C) My sister, the tall one is about to enter high school.
A) Man
D) My sister the tall one, is about to enter high school.
B) Waited
Q250. Which of the following is the correct version of
C) Nervously
the following sentence:
D) The
Jacob is taking american airlines to california.
Q258. What is the adverb in the following sentence?
A) Jacob is taking American airlines to California.
The boy walked dangerously close to the edge.
B) Jacob is taking American Airlines to california.
A) edge
C) Jacob is taking American Airlines to California.
B) boy
Q251. Which is the correct version of the following
C) walked
sentence:
D) dangerously
caroline lives in an apartment on Caton avenue.
Q259. What is the adverb in the following sentence?
A) Caroline lives in an apartment on Caton avenue. The coach was very angry with the team after the game.
B) caroline lives in an Apartment on Caton Avenue. A) very
C) Caroline lives in an apartment on Caton Avenue. B) coach
Q252. Which is the correct version of the following C) after
sentence: D) game
I attended washington elementary school for Fifth Q260. What is the preposition in the following sentence?
grade. Before the concert, Reggie will be drinking an energy drink.
A) I attended Washington Elementary School for fifth A) an
grade. B) will be
B) I attended Washington Elementary school for Fifth C) before
grade. D) concert
C) I attended Washington elementary school for Fifth Q261. What is the preposition in the following
Grade. sentence?
Last week, Leslie climbed into a volcano.
A) volcano
B) into
C) last
D) week

25
.
.
Q262. What is the preposition in the following sentence? Q270. The results of the study were
New Yorkers have been cheering for their team to win. inconclusive, therefore more research needs to be
A) For done on the topic.
B) have been A) No Change
C) New B) inconclusive, but therefore
D) Yorkers C) inconclusive; therefore,
Q263. What is the simple subject of the following D) inconclusive, therefore,
sentence? The firemen are extinguishing the fire. Q271. What's the best way to fix this sentence:
A) fire John wants pizza and Kate wants a banana.
B) firemen A) John and Kate wants pizza and a banana.
C) are extinguishing B) John wants pizza, and Kate wants a banana.
D) the firemen C) John wants pizza and Kate; she wants a banana.
Q264. What is the simple subject of the following D) John want's pizza and Kate want's a banana.
sentence? Q272. Which is the correct punctuation of the
Joanna is writing a letter. sentence?
A) letter A) I have a dog; he barks constantly.
B) writing B) I have a dog; He barks constantly.
C) is writing C) I have a dog, he barks constantly.
D) Joanna Q273. Which is the correct punctuation of the
Q265. What is the simple subject of the following sentence?
sentence? A) Pizza is my favorite food, but it's not healthy.
The yellow brick road led Dorothy to the Emerald City.
B) Pizza is my favorite food, it's not healthy.
A) yellow brick
C) Pizza is my favorite food; but it's not healthy.
B) brick road
Q274. Which sentence uses commas correctly?
C) road
A) I wanted to buy cookies chips and, candy.
D) Dorothy
B) I wanted to buy cookies chips and candy.
Q266. What is the coordinating conjunction in the
C) I wanted to buy cookies, chips, and candy.
following sentence?
Q275. Which sentence is punctuated correctly?
Jack and Jill went up the hill to fetch a pail of water.
A) We decided to eat at Olive Garden my favorite
A) Jack
restaurant.
B) and
B) We decided to eat at, Olive Garden, my favorite
C) Jill
restaurant.
D) went
C) We decided to eat at Olive Garden, my favorite
Q267. What is the coordinating conjunction in the
restaurant.
following sentence?
D) We decided, to eat, at Olive Garden my favorite
I want a skateboard for my birthday, but I also want a
restaurant.
new phone.
Q276. Mrs. Wilma Smith my math teacher is giving us
A) new
a pizza party tomorrow.
B) want
A) Mrs. Wilma Smith my math teacher is giving us a
C) for
pizza party tomorrow.
D) but
B) Mrs. Wilma Smith, my math teacher, is giving us a
Q268. Which of the following is the correct version of
pizza party tomorrow.
the following sentence?
C) Mrs. Wilma Smith my math teacher is giving us a
my Mom will be proud of mine grade in ms choates
pizza party, tomorrow.
english class
D) Mrs. Wilma Smith my math teacher, is giving us a
A) My mom will be proud of my grade in ms Choates
pizza party tomorrow.
English class
Q277. Correct this sentence: Martha likes to swim,
B) My mom will be proud of my grade in Ms. Choate's
skiing, and to dance.
English class.
A) Martha likes to swim, to ski, and to dance.
C) My Mom will be proud of my grade in Ms. Choate's
B) Martha likes to swimming, to skiing, and to dancing.
English class
C) Martha likes to swim, skiing, and to sing.
D) My mom will be proud of my grade in Ms. Choate's
Q278 . Select the sentence that illustrates the use of
english class. proper parallel construction.
Q269. Judy leads a charmed life she never seems to A) Coach Espinoza was a brilliant strategist, a caring
have a serious accident. mentor, and a wise friend.
A) No Change B) Coach Espinoza was a brilliant strategist, a caring
B) life, she
mentor, and friend.
C) life; she
D) life, yet
Q279. Which of the following is correctly punctuated?
26

.
A) The Clarks grow peas beans and squash in their garden. Q288. Identify the type of problem in this sentence:
B) The Clarks grow peas, beans, and squash in their garden. I move to the United States ten years ago, when I was
C) The Clarks grow peas beans, and squash in their garden. 7 years old. I run to my mom and start to cry.
D) The Clarks grow peas, beans; and squash in their garden. A) Subject Verb Agreement
Q280. Which Sentence is Correct? B) Spelling
A) Socrates once said something profound; “Wonder is C) Tense
the beginning of wisdom.” D) Punctuation
B) Socrates once said something profound: “Wonder is Q289. Re-write this sentence correctly (Hint: fix the
the beginning of wisdom.” underlined words):
Q281. Correct this sentence. Melissa said I don't like I move to the United States ten years ago, when I was
any of Drake's music." 7 years old. I run to my mom and start to cry.
A) Melissa said, "i don't like any of Drake's music." A) I move to the United States ten years ago, when I was
B) Melissa said, I don't like any of Drake's music." 7 years old. I ran to my mom and start to cry.
C) Melissa said, "I don't like any of Drake's music." B) I moved to the United States ten years ago, when I
Q282. Which sentence is punctuated correctly? was 7 years old. I ran to my mom and started to cry.
A) We decided to eat at Olive Garden my favorite restaurant.
B) We decided to eat at, Olive Garden, my favorite restaurant.
C) I moved to the United States ten years ago, when I
C) We decided to eat at Olive Garden, my favorite restaurant. was 7 years old. I run to my mom and start to cry.
D) We decided, to eat, at Olive Garden my favorite restaurant. D) I move to the United States ten years ago, when I was
Q283. Which sentence is correct? 7 years old. I run to my mom and started to cry.
A) I’ve see that film before. Q290. Identify the problem in this sentence:
B) I’ve saw that film before. My baby brother love to eat mashed peas and
C) I’ve seen that film before. avocado.
Q284. Identify the type of problem in this sentence: A) Spelling
it was a Rainy night in queens, and i was trapped without B) Subject Verb Agreement
an umbrella. C) Tense
A) Punctuation B) Tense D) Capitalization
C) Capitalization D) Spelling Q291. What's missing from this phrase?
Q285. Rewrite this sentence correctly: My mom called out to me, Roxie! Don't you dare touch
it was a Rainy night in queens, and i was trapped my clean white shirt with those chocolate-covered
without an umbrella. fingers.
A) It was a rainy night in queens, and I was trapped A) Period .
without an umbrella. B) Comma ,
B) It was a Rainy night in Queens, and I was trapped C) Quotation Marks " "
without an umbrella. D) Question Mark ?
C) It was a rainy night in Queens, and I was trapped Q292. Which sentence is written correctly?
without an umbrella. A) My mom called out to me, Roxie! Don't you dare touch
D) it was a rainy night in Queens, and i was trapped my clean white shirt with those chocolate-covered
without an umbrella. fingers.
Q286. Identify the type of problem in this sentence: B) My mom called out to me, "Roxie! Don't you dare
I was born under a bright moon my mom had always touch my clean white shirt with those chocolate-covered
wanted to have a daughter and I finally arrived to make her fingers.
dreams come true because until me she had given birth to C) My mom called out to me: "Roxie! Don't you dare
5 sons and no girls she was overjoyed when she saw the touch my clean white shirt with those chocolate-covered
glisten in my newborn eyes
fingers."
A) Spelling
D) My mom called out to me...Roxie! Don't you dare
B) Capitalization
touch my clean white shirt with those chocolate-covered
C) Subject Verb Agreement
fingers?"
D) Punctuation
Q293. Choose the correct sentence.
Q287. Which sentence uses correct punctuation?
A) Some of the dessert was left by the end of the birthday
A) I was born under a bright moon my mom had always
party.
wanted to have a daughter and I finally arrived to make
B) Some of the dessert were left by the end of the
her dreams come true
birthday party.
B) I was born under a bright moon. My mom had always
C) Some of the desserts was left by the end of the
wanted to have a daughter, and I finally arrived to make
birthday party.
her dreams come true.
D) Some desserts was left by the end of the birthday
C) I was born under a bright moon, my mom had always
party.
wanted to have a daughter and I finally arrived to make
her dreams come true

27 .
Q294. Choose the correct sentence. Q304. Choose the correct sentence.
A) The papa bear thought that all of his porridge were missing. A) One-third of the voters tend not to cast their ballots in
B) The papa bear thought that none of his porridge were missing. national elections.
C) The papa bear thought that some of his porridge were missing.
D) The papa bear thought that some of his porridge was missing. B) One-third of the voters tends not to cast their ballots in
Q295. Choose the correct sentence. national elections.
A) Your brilliant excuses almost makes up for your tardiness. C) One-third of the voters tends not to cast its ballots in
B) Your brilliant excuses almost make up for your tardiness. national elections.
C) Your brilliant excuses makes up for your tardiness. D) One-third of the voters tends not to cast its ballot in
D) Your brilliant excuses has made up for your tardiness. national elections.
Q296. Choose the correct sentence. Q305. Choose the correct sentence.
A) Some of the dessert was left by the end of the A) Here is the paper clips you requested.
birthday party. B) Here's the paper clips you requested.
B) Some of the dessert were left by the end of the C) Here are the paper clips you requested.
birthday party. D) Here are the box of paper clips you requested.
C) Some of the desserts was left by the end of the Q306. Choose the correct sentence.
birthday party. A) She is one of those doctors which make house calls.
D) Some desserts was left by the end of the birthday B) She is one of those doctors who make house calls.
party. C) She is one of those doctors who makes house calls.
Q297. Choose the correct sentence. D) She is one of those doctors that makes house calls.
A) The papa bear thought that all of his porridge were missing. Q307. Choose the correct sentence.
B) The papa bear thought that none of his porridge were A) Dr. Cresta is one of those professors who does whatever it
missing. takes to get his point across to his students.
C) The papa bear thought that some of his porridge were B) Dr. Cresta is one of those professors who does whatever it
missing. takes to get their point across to their students.
D) The papa bear thought that some of his porridge was C) Dr. Cresta is a professor who do whatever it takes to get his
missing. point across to his students.
Q298. Choose the correct sentence. D) Dr. Cresta is one of those professors who do whatever it
A) Your brilliant excuses almost makes up for your takes to get their point across to their students.
tardiness. Q308. Choose the correct sentence.
B) Your brilliant excuses almost make up for your A) She is the only one of the professors who does what it
tardiness. takes to help her students.
C) Your brilliant excuses makes up for your tardiness. B) She is the only one of the professors who do what it
D) Your brilliant excuses has made up for your tardiness. takes to help her students.
Q299. Choose the correct sentence. C) She, along with her colleagues, are professors who do
A) Neither Jackson nor Jenna have played hooky. what it takes to help their students.
B) Neither Jackson nor Jenna are playing hooky. D) She is one of many professors who does what it takes
C) Neither Jackson nor Jenna is playing hooky. to help her students.
D) Neither Jackson nor Jenna were playing hooky. Q309. Choose the correct sentence.
Q300. Choose the correct sentence. A) She and he are always fighting.
A) Neither Jackson nor I am playing hooky. B) She and him are always fighting.
B) Neither Jackson nor I is playing hooky. C) Her and him are always fighting.
C) Neither Jackson nor I are playing hooky. D) He and her are always fighting.
D) Neither Jackson nor I were playing hooky. Q310. Choose the correct sentence.
Q301. Choose the correct sentence. A) When Toni and him come over, we always have a great
A) Either of us were capable of winning. time.
B) Either of us are capable of winning. B) When Toni and he come over, we always have a great time.
C) Either of us have been capable of winning. C) When Toni and himself come over, we always have a great
D) Either of us is capable of winning. time.
D) When him and Toni come over, we always have a great
Q302. Choose the correct sentence. time.
A) All of the class is willing to take part in the prank.
Q311. Choose the correct sentence.
B) All of the classes is willing to take part in the prank.
C) All of the class are willing to take part in the prank. A) It is us who must decide whether to tax ourselves or
D) All of the classes has been willing to take part in the prank. cut spending.
Q303. Choose the correct sentence. B) It is us whom must decide whether to tax ourselves or
A) Some of the candies is on the table. cut spending.
B) Some of the candies has been on the table. C) It is we who must decide whether to tax ourselves or
C) Some of the candies was on the table. cut spending.
D) Some of the candies are on the table. D) It is we whom must decide whether to tax ourselves or
cut spending.

28 .
 Q323. Choose the correct sentence.
Q312. Choose the correct sentence. A) Harry smells well. What aftershave is he wearing?
A) Between you and me, this class is a joke. B) Harry smells good even though his nose is broken.
B) Between you and I, this class is a joke. C) Harry smells good. What aftershave is he wearing?
C) Between yourself and I, this class is a joke. Q324. Choose the correct sentence.
D) Between you and myself, this class is a joke. A) Lisa did so well on the test that she, as well as Juan,
Q313. Choose the correct sentence. was allowed to accelerate to the next level.
A) Whom do you think you are to give me advice about dating? B) Lisa did so well on the test that she, as well as Juan,
B) Who do you think you are to give me advice about dating? were allowed to accelerate to the next level.
C) Whom do you think you be to give me advice about dating? C) Lisa did so good on the test that she, as well as Juan,
D) Who do you think you be to give me advice about dating? were allowed to accelerate to the next level.
Q314. Choose the correct sentence. D) Lisa did so good on the test that she, as well as Juan,
A) Who makes up these English rules anyway? was allowed to accelerate to the next level.
B) Whom makes up these English rules anyway? Q325. Choose the correct sentence.
C) Whomever makes up these English rules anyway? A) Our puppy is much more sweeter than her brother.
D) Whom make up these English rules anyway? B) Our puppy is definitely more sweeter than her brother.
Q315. Choose the correct sentence. C) Our puppy is definitely sweeter than her brother.
A) Whom do you think should win? Q326. Choose the correct sentence.
B) Whomever do you think should win? A) When she smiled she looked happier.
C) Who do you think should win? B) When she smiled she looked more happily.
Q316. Choose the correct sentence. C) When she smiled she looked more happier.
A) Whom are you voting for? Q327. Choose the correct sentence.
B) Who are you voting for? A) Karen should of known that her cheap umbrella would
C) For who are you voting? break in the storm.
Q317. Choose the correct sentence. B) Karen should of known that her cheap umbrella might
A) Whomever has the keys get to be in the driver's seat. break in the storm.
B) Whoever has the keys gets to be in the driver's seat. C) Karen should have known that her cheap umbrella
C) Whoever has the keys get to be in the driver's seat. would break in the storm.
Q318. Choose the correct sentence. D) Karen shoulda known that her cheap umbrella would
A) We are willing to work with whoever you recommend. break in the storm.
B) We are willing to work with who you recommend. Q328. Choose the correct sentence.
C) We are willing to work with whomever you A) Sometimes the affects of our generosity make a difference.
recommend. B) Sometimes our generosity effects others and makes a difference.
D) We are willing to work with whoever yourself C) Sometimes the effects of our generosity affect others.
recommend. D) Sometimes the affects of our generosity effect others.
Q319. Choose the correct sentence. Q329. Choose the correct sentence.
A) The company who Ted represented at the meeting A) Ben thought he had lain my jacket on that bench.
had big plans. B) Ben thought he had laid my jacket on that bench.
B) The company that Ted represented at the meeting C) Ben thought he saw my jacket laying on that bench.
had big plans. D) Ben thought he layed my jacket on that bench.
C) The company whom Ted represented at the meeting Q330. Choose the correct sentence.
had big plans. A) Our company policy will not allow me to accept a gift
Q320. Choose the correct sentence. worth more than $50.
A) The thoughts that Ted presented, that were about B) Our company policy will not allow me to except a gift
shifting national priorities, were well received. worth more than $50.
B) The thoughts that Ted presented, were well received. Q331. Choose the correct sentence.
C) The thoughts, that Ted presented, were well received. A) They thought we were late, but my wife and I were all
D) The thoughts that Ted presented, which were about ready at the restaurant.
shifting national priorities, were well received. B) They thought we were late, but my wife and I were
Q321. Choose the correct sentence. already at the restaurant.
A) When you do a job so good, you can expect a raise. Q332. Choose the correct sentence.
B) When you do a job so well, you can expect a raise. A) I regardless of who was there first, we were all very hungry
C) When you do so well a job, you can expect a raise. and ready to eat.
Q322. Choose the correct sentence. B) Regardless of who was there first, we were all very hungry
and ready to eat.
A) Bonnie was a good sport about losing the race.
Q333. Choose the correct sentence.
B) Bonnie was a well sport about losing the race.
A) We could hardly believe that the Giants could loose
C) When Bonnie lost the race, she took it good.
the game by that many runs.
D) When Bonnie lost the race, she was a well sport.
B) We could hardly believe that the Giants could lose the
game by that many runs.
29 .
Q334. Choose the correct sentence. Q347. Choose the correct sentence.
A) Isn't it amazing how long that mime can remain A) Yes, Jean, you were right about that answer.
completely stationary? B) Yes Jean, you were right about that answer.
B) Isn't it amazing how long that mime can remain C) Yes Jean you were right about that answer.
completely stationery? D) Yes, Jean, you were right, about that answer.
Q335. Choose the correct sentence. Q348. Choose the correct sentence.
A) The department's principal concern is the safety of all A) I saw our town's ex-Mayor in the mall.
employees. B) I saw our town's ex-mayor in the mall.
B) The department's principle concern is the safety of all C) I saw our town's ex Mayor in the mall.
employees. D) I saw our town's exMayor in the mall.
Q336. Choose the correct sentence. Q349. Choose the correct sentence.
A) How did they manage to serve cold ice cream in the A) Wherever we go, People recognize us.
middle of the vast desert? B) Wherever we go. People recognize us.
B) How did they manage to serve cold ice cream in the C) Wherever we go; people recognize us.
middle of the vast dessert? D) Wherever we go, people recognize us.
Q337. Choose the correct sentence. Q350. Choose the correct sentence.
A) The boss complemented Ari on his excellent A) Whenever Cheryl is in town. She visits her sister.
presentation. B) Whenever Cheryl, is in town, she visits her sister.
B) The boss complimented Ari on his excellent C) Whenever, Cheryl is in town, she visits her sister.
presentation. D) Whenever Cheryl is in town, she visits her sister.
Q338. Choose the correct sentence. Q351. Choose the correct sentence.
A) The judge did not believe any of their stories. A) My favorite musician, who is also my cousin, plays a
B) The judge did not believe any of there stories. mean fuzz bass.
C) The judge did not believe any of they're stories. B) My favorite musician who is also my cousin plays a
Q339. Choose the correct sentence. mean fuzz bass.
A) Ilana said she wanted to become a FBI agent when C) My favorite musician who is also my cousin, plays a
she grew up. mean fuzz bass.
B) Ilana said she wanted to become an FBI agent when D) My favorite musician, who is also my cousin plays a
she grew up. mean fuzz bass.
Q340. Choose the correct sentence. Q352. Choose the correct sentence.
A) We knew those rascals were all together in this. A) It may not be the correct part, but I bet that it works.
B) We knew those rascals were altogether in this. B) It may not be the correct part but, I bet that it works.
Q341. Choose the correct sentence. C) It may not be the correct part but: I bet that it works.
A) The store was further away than we thought. D) It may not be the correct part but, I bet, that it works.
B) The store was farther away than we thought. Q353. Choose the correct sentence.
Q342. Choose the correct sentence. A) You are my friend; however, I cannot afford to lend
A) Paul should have known better than to act like that. you any more money.
B) Paul should of known better than to act like that. B) You are my friend; however; I cannot afford to lend
Q343. Choose the correct sentence. you any more money.
A) The golf course at the resort is lovely, but I prefer it's C) You are my friend, however I cannot afford; to lend
swimming pool. you any more money.
B) The golf course at the resort is lovely, but I prefer its D) You are, my friend, however. I cannot afford to lend
swimming pool.
you any more money.
Q344. Choose the correct sentence.
Q354. Choose the correct sentence.
A) I paid the cab fair and Alejandro paid for dinner. A) Paul Simon sang, "I am a rock, I am. An island."
B) I paid the cab fare and Alejandro paid for dinner. B) Paul Simon sang, "I am a rock; I am an island."
Q345. Choose the correct sentence.
C) Paul Simon sang I am a rock; I am an island.
A) Marta completed five fewer problems than I did in the
D) Paul Simon sang I am a rock, I am an island.
same amount of time. Q355. Choose the correct sentence.
B) Marta completed five less problems than I did in the
A) I asked Ella, "Did he ask for his ring back"?
same amount of time. B) I asked Ella did he ask for his ring back.
Q346. Choose the correct sentence.
C) I asked Ella, "Did he ask for his ring back?"
A) I am asking if you would like to rollerblade together
tomorrow? D) I asked Ella, "did he ask for his ring back?"
B) I am asking "if you would like to rollerblade together
tomorrow"?
C) I am asking if you would like to rollerblade together
tomorrow.
D) I am asking "if you would like to rollerblade together
tomorrow."

30 .
Q356. Choose the correct sentence. Q363. Choose the correct sentence.
A) John F. Kennedy Jr. became a magazine publisher A) I need to locate four states on the map: Minnesota,
and a pilot before his tragic death. Michigan, California, and Nevada.
B) John F. Kennedy Jr. became a magazine publisher, B) I need to locate four states on the map. Minnesota;
and a pilot before his tragic death. Michigan; California; and Nevada.
C) John F. Kennedy Jr., became a magazine publisher C) I need to locate four states on the map Minnesota,
and a pilot, before his tragic death. Michigan, California, and Nevada.
D) John F. Kennedy Jr. became a magazine, publisher, D) I need to locate four states on the map; Minnesota,
and a pilot before his tragic death. Michigan, California, and Nevada.
Q357. Choose the correct sentence. Q364. Choose the correct sentence.
A) Julio, my friend from Ames, Ohio will join us. A) Right now I want two things peace and quiet.
B) Julio, my friend from Ames, Ohio, will join us. B) Right now I want two things; peace and quiet.
C) Julio, my friend, from Ames, Ohio will join us. C) Right now I want two things ... peace and quiet.
D) Julio my friend from Ames Ohio will join us. D) Right now I want two things: peace and quiet.
Q358. Choose the correct sentence. Q365. Choose the correct sentence.
A) The elections will be held on: the first Tuesday of A) Our philosophy teacher thinks that Einstein believed:
November, 2018. that we cannot stop war by waging war.
B) The elections will be held, on the first Tuesday of B) Our philosophy teacher thinks that Einstein believed
November 2018. that, we cannot stop war by waging war.
C) The elections will be held on the first Tuesday, of C) Our philosophy teacher thinks that Einstein believed
November 2018. that we cannot stop war by waging war.
D) The elections will be held on the first Tuesday of D) Our philosophy teacher thinks that Einstein believed,
November 2018. that we cannot stop war by waging war.
Q360. Choose the correct sentence. Q366. Choose the correct sentence.
A) The elections will be held on Tuesday November 6, A) A well—made argument was presented for negotiating
2018, and the polls will be kept open until 8:00 p.m. a peaceful resolution.
B) The elections will be held on Tuesday, November 6, B) A well made argument was presented, for negotiating
2018, and the polls will be kept open until 8:00 p.m. a peaceful resolution.
C) The elections will be held on Tuesday, November 6, C) A well-made argument was presented for negotiating
2018 and the polls will be kept open until 8:00 p.m. a peaceful resolution.
D) The elections will be held on: Tuesday, November 6, D) A well-made-argument was presented for negotiating
2018, and the polls will be kept open until 8:00 p.m. a peaceful resolution.
Q361. Choose the correct sentence. Q367. Choose the correct sentence.
A) It is good that a caring dedicated teacher like Mr. A) A state-of-the-art printer is not that expensive.
Fuentes, should be appreciated by students who are B) A state of the art printer is not that expensive.
usually bored and too busy. C) A state-of the art printer is not that expensive.
B) It is good that a caring, dedicated teacher like Mr. D) A state-of-the art printer is not that expensive.
Fuentes should be appreciated by students who are Q368. Choose the correct sentence.
usually, bored and too busy. A) A liberally sprinkled dose of humor was very much
C) It is good that a caring dedicated teacher like Mr. appreciated.
Fuentes should be appreciated by students who are B) A liberally-sprinkled dose of humor was very much
appreciated.
usually bored and too busy.
C) A liberally-sprinkled-dose of humor was very much
D) It is good that a caring, dedicated teacher like Mr. appreciated.
Fuentes should be appreciated by students who are D) A liberally sprinkled dose-of-humor was very much
usually bored and too busy. appreciated.
Q362. Choose the correct sentence. Q369. Choose the correct sentence.
A) Knowing her own strengths and working hard made
her a success in school. A) Our liberal minded clergyman managed to unite the
B) Knowing her own strengths and working hard, made entire congregation.
her a success in school. B) Our liberal-minded clergyman managed to unite the
C) Knowing her own strengths and working hard made entire congregation.
her, a success, in school. C) Our liberal-minded-clergyman managed to unite the
D) Knowing her own strengths, and working hard made entire congregation.
her a success in school. D) Our-liberal-minded clergyman managed to unite the
entire congregation.

.
Q370. Choose the correct sentence. Q378. Choose the correct sentence.
A) Our clergyman, who united the entire congregation, A) These apostrophe's main purpose is to show possession.
was liberal minded. B) These apostrophes' main purpose is to show possession.
B) Our clergyman who united the entire congregation C) These apostrophes main purpose is to show possession.
was liberal minded. D) These apostrophe's main purpose are to show possession.
C) Our clergyman, who united the entire congregation, Q379. Choose the correct sentence.
was liberalminded. A) I want that very elegant looking watch.
D) Our clergyman, who united the entire congregation, B) I want that very elegant-looking watch.
was liberal-minded. C) I want that very-elegant-looking watch.
Q371. Choose the correct sentence. D) I want that very-elegant looking watch.
A) Jan asked; "What did Joe mean when he said, 'I will see you Q380. Choose the correct sentence.
later.' " A) Our two year old is starting to talk.
B) Jan asked, "What did Joe mean when he said, 'I will see you B) Our two-year-old is starting to talk.
later?' " C) Our two year-old is starting to talk.
C) Jan asked, "What did Joe mean when he said, 'I will see you D) Our two-year old is starting to talk.
later'?" Q381. Choose the correct sentence.
D) Jan asked, "What did Joe mean when he said, 'I will see you A) Our son will be two years old next week.
later' "?
B) Our son will be two-years-old next week.
Q372. Choose the correct sentence.
C) Our son will be two-years old next week.
A) When I noticed that our dog cut it's paw, I called the
D) Our son will be two years-old next week.
veterinarian right away.
Q382. Choose the correct sentence.
B) When I noticed that our dog cut it's paw. I called the
A) When Wendy re-covered, she called her ex-husband.
veterinarian right away.
B) When Wendy recovered, she called her exhusband.
C) When I noticed that our dog cut its paw, I called the
C) When Wendy recovered, she called her ex-husband.
veterinarian right away.
D) When Wendy re-covered, she called her exhusband.
D) When I noticed that our dog cut its paw; I called the Q383. Choose the correct sentence.
veterinarian right away.
A) The artist used oil-based paints in a Modernist style.
Q373. Choose the correct sentence.
B) The artist used oil-based paints in a Modernist-style.
A) Just to be sure, I called three more doctors' offices.
C) The artist used oil based paints in a Modernist-style.
B) Just to be sure, I called three more doctors offices.
D) The artist used oil based paints in a Modernist style.
C) Just to be sure, I called three more doctor's offices.
Q384. Choose the correct sentence.
D) Just to be sure, I called three more doctor offices'.
A) Howie—and that crazy friend of his—are coming.
Q374. Choose the correct sentence.
B) Howie—and that crazy friend of his—is coming.
A) "Your right to be concerned," said one veterinarian. "I
C) Howie—and that crazy friend of his are coming.
would like to take a look at your dog."
D) Howie and that crazy friend of his—is coming.
B) "Your right to be concerned," said one veterinarian, "I
Q385. Choose the correct sentence.
would like to take a look at your dog."
A) "Do you understand her need for privacy," Wendy
C) "You're right to be concerned." said one veterinarian.
asked her husband?
"I would like to take a look at your dog."
B) "Do you understand her need for privacy," Wendy
D) "You're right to be concerned," said one veterinarian.
asked her husband.
"I would like to take a look at your dog."
C) "Do you understand her need for privacy"? Wendy
Q375. Choose the correct sentence.
asked her husband.
A) The friendly looking vet examined our dogs paw.
D) "Do you understand her need for privacy?" Wendy
B) The friendly-looking vet examined our dogs paw.
asked her husband.
C) The friendly-looking vet examined our dog's paw.
Q386. Choose the correct sentence.
D) The friendly looking vet examined our dog's paw.
A) The two hostess's jobs are quite different.
Q376. Choose the correct sentence.
B) The two hostesses' jobs are quite different.
A) We had pet insurance but still owed $40 in fees.
C) The two hostesses jobs are quite different.
B) We had pet insurance: but still owed $40 in fees.
D) The two hostess' jobs are quite different.
C) We had pet insurance but, still owed $40 in fees.
Q387. Choose the correct sentence.
D) We had pet-insurance but still owed $40 in fees.
A) Brent Wilson expected everyone at the Wilsons'
Q377. Choose the correct sentence.
house at 4:00 o'clock.
A) I guess she did what any self-respecting dog would do by
grooming herself. B) Brent Wilson expected everyone at the Wilsons'
B) I guess she did what any self respecting dog would do by house at four o'clock.
grooming herself. C) Brent Wilson expected everyone at the Wilson's
C) I guess she did what any self respecting dog would do by house at 4:00 o'clock.
grooming herself. D) Brent Wilson expected everyone at the Wilson's
D) I guess she did what any self-respecting-dog would do by house at four o'clock.
grooming herself.

32

.
Q388. Choose the correct sentence. Q397.A report should include....
A) Many people dread the 15 of April in the U.S. a) Subheadings
because taxes are due. b) Factual information
B) Many people dread the 15st of April in the U.S. c) Photographs or diagrams
because taxes are due. d) All of the above
C) Many people dread the 15th of April in the U.S. Q398.A sentence should start with....
because taxes are due. a) A full stop.
D) Many people dread day 15 of April in the U.S. b) A capital letter.
because taxes are due. c) A question mark.
Q389. Choose the correct sentence. Q399.A statement sentence should end with
A) The check was written for $13348.15. a…………...
B) The check was written for 13,348.15. a) capital letter.
C) The check was written for $13,348,15. b) full stop.
D) The check was written for $13,348.15. c) picture.
Q390. Choose the correct sentence. Q400.A question sentence should end with a…………
A) The check was written for three hundred forty-eight a) exclamation mark.
dollars and fifteen cents. b) full stop.
B) The check was written for three-hundred and forty- c) question mark.
eight dollars and 15 cents. Informative writing
C) The check was written for three hundred forty-eight Q401.What is the purpose of an informative text ?
dollars, and fifteen cents. A) To entertain
D) The check was written for three hundred, forty-eight B) To give information
dollars, and fifteen cents. C) To persuade
Q391.A short statement that summarizes the main D) To give answers
point of an essay. Uses the formula: OPINION + Q402.In informational writing, you will begin with
"because" + reason 1 + reason 2 + reason 3. an……………..
A) Thesis A) Introduction Paragraph
B) Conclusion B) Conclusion Paragraph
C) Hook C) Body Paragraph
D) Topic Sentence Q403. In this step of the writing process, you are
Q392.An opening statement of an essay used to grab writing down all of your ideas and often using a graphic
the reader's attention organizer...
A) Thesis A) Pre-Writing
B) Conclusion B) Drafting
C) Hook C) Revision
D) Topic Sentence D) Publishing
Q393.Summarizes the points made in an essay and
often includes a call to action. Q404.What is the last step of the writing process?
A) Thesis A) Pre-Writing
B) Conclusion B) Drafting
C) Hook C) Revision
D) Topic Sentence D) Publishing
Q394.A sentence that expresses the main idea of a Q404.What is step 2 of the writing process?
paragraph. A) pre-write
A) Thesis B) draft
B) Conclusion C) revise
C) Hook D) publish
D) Topic Sentence Q405.What is step 3 of the writing process?
reporting A) pre-write
Q395.What is a report? B) publish
a) A poem C) revise
b) A fairytale D) edit
c) Information writing Q406.What is step 4 of the writing process?
Q396.What is a title? A) Publish
a) A few words that grab the reader's attention. B) Edit
b) The name of the author. C) edit and revise
c) A paragraph. D) compose

33
 Q417. An argument against something is known as the …….side.
Q407.In which stage is the writer ready to share his A) Con
completed writing piece? B) Pro
A) Publish C) Argument
B) Draft D) Cite
C) Revise Q418.What is the type of writing that tries to convince
D) Edit the reader of something?
E) Prewrite A) Narrative
Argumentative writing B) Argumentative
Q408.What is an author's reason for writing? C) Desciptive
A) Reason D) Expository
B) Purpose Q419.What is a reply intended to show fault in the
C) Point opponent's argument?
D) Audience A) Evidence
Q409.What is a writer's position on an issue or topic? B) Rebuttal
A) Counterclaim ‫ ﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬/ ‫ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬/ ‫ دﻋوة‬/ ‫رد‬ C) Support
B) Rebuttal ‫ ﻧﻘض‬/ ‫ ﺑﯾﻧﺔ‬/ ‫دﻓﺎع‬ D) Reason
C) Claim ‫ دﻋوة‬/ ‫ﻋﻧوان‬ Q420.What is another term for "counterclaim"?
D) Logic A) Refute
Q410. The quality of being believable or trustworthy is called? B) Counterargument
A) Credibility ‫ﻣﺻدﻗﯾﺔ‬ C) Claim
B) Evidence D) Argument
C) Support Q421. A statement that expresses a person's
D) Cite ‫ ﺷﮭﺎدة اﻣﺎم اﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‬/ ‫اﺳﺗﺷﮭﺎد‬ judgement or belief is known as their .
Q411.The people you are trying to convince are known A) Fact
as your ? B) Support
A) Pro ‫وﺟﮭﺔ ﻧظر ﻣؤﯾدة‬ C) Credibility
B) Argument D) Opinion
C) Con ‫ ﺣﺟﺔ ﻣﺿﺎدة‬/ ‫اﺣﺗﯾﺎل‬ Q422. What is a sentence intended to express the
D) Audience main idea in a paragraph or passage?
Q412.The point of view of people who do not agree A) Topic sentence
with the claim you are making is called the . B) Central idea
A) Support C) Thesis statement
B) Counterclaim D) Claim
C) Rebuttal Transitions words
D) Evidence Q423.I was just getting over the flu. , I went
Q413.What is a statement that supports your claim? in to school to take the SAT.
A) Logic A) Then
B) Evidence B) Nevertheless
C) Refute C) First
D) Reason D) Immediately
Q414. A statement that states the purpose and main Q424.Jesse is an animal lover. , he adores
point in an essay is know as the . penguins and pandas.
A) Central Idea A) Simultaneously
B) Thesis B) Equally important
C) Theme C) Specifically
D) Support D) Despite
Q415.What are the specific pieces of information that Q425.At 1 P.M. Charlotte was eating lunch. _ ,
support a claim called? Joseph was just waking up after sleeping in.
A) Evidence A) Simultaneously
B) Reason B) Then
C) Argument C) So
D) Counterclaim D) Consequently
Q416.An argument in favor of something is known as Q426.Peter won the scholarship to his dream school.
the side. , he was able to attend college for free.
A) Con A) Meanwhile
B) Pro B) Nevertheless
C) Argument C) Second
D) Cite D) Consequently

34
Q427.Mr. Lopez gave an exam second period. Q437.What part of the email is where you say hello?
he graded it during third period. A) Greeting
A) Similarly B) Closing
B) Truly C) Subject
C) Then Q438.How do you write back to the person who sent
D) Finally you an email?
Q428.I could really go for some Chinese food for A) You reply to the email.
dinner. , pizza would be great, too. B) You attach the email.
A) On the other hand C) You greet the email.
B) Moreover Q439.When you write an email to a teacher, use the
C) So appropriate to sound professional and
D) In sum mature.
Q429. his intense stage fright, Brian's act in the A) Reply
talent show was by far the most popular. B) Tone
A) Beyond C) abbreviations
B) Indeed Q440.Which is the best greeting for an email to a
C) Despite teacher?
D) For instance A) Hey teacher!
Q430. fencing, Teddy had many other skills as B) What's up, Mrs. Park,
well, like computer programming. C) Dear Mrs. Park,
A) First Q441.What is the best closing for an email to a
B) Of course counselor?
C) Beyond A) Thank you for your help,
D) Finally B) Peace out!
Q431. , Jean painted her room. Then, she Q442.The subject line should be
bought a new dresser. A) your name
A) Specifically B) a short summary of the email topic
B) First C) a sentence saying hello
C) Truly Q443.What should you do before sending an email?
D) So A) Check your spelling
Q431.Giselle is a talented student. , she was B) Proofread
the valedictorian her senior year. C) Look at your grammar
A) Indeed D) All of the above
B) Immediately Q444.What goes into the "To" section/box/field?
C) On the whole A) The name of the person that you are sending the
D) Then Email to
email B) The Email address of the person that you are
Q432.What do you click to start a new email? writing to
A) Attach C) Your name
B) Subject D) Your Email address
C) Compose Q445.Where does the subject of the email go?
Q433.Where are emails that you receive stored? A) 2
A) Reply B) 3
B) Inbox C) 1
C) Greeting D) 4
Q434.What part of the email is where you say goodbye? Q446.Where does the closing go?
A) Greeting A) 6
B) To B) 5
C) Closing C) 2
Q435.How do you send a file with your message? D) 4
A) You forward the file. persuasive writing
B) You reply to the file. Q447.The purpose of persuasive writing is to...
C) You attach the file. A) entertain your reader
Q436.Where do you write the main part of your B) convince the reader you're view is correct.
message? C) give directions
A) In the subject line D) explain how to perform an action.
B) In the closing
C) In the body

35
 Expository writing
Q448. A reason needs to be supported by Q457.Expository writing is .
A) reasons A) informational text
B) opinion B) fictional text
C) hook Q458.Which of these elements can be included in an
D) evidence and facts introduction paragraph to grab the reader's attention?
Q449.Complete the sentence. A) a comic strip
OPINION is what you _ about B) interesting facts
something. C) an entire poem
A) Think D) quotes
B) Feel E) thought provoking questions
C) Believe Q459.What is the purpose of an expository writing
D) think, feel and believe piece?
Q450.Brainstorming is .......... A) To inform/explain
A) dreaming of ideas. B) To persuade
B) thinking of correct answers to questions. C) To express ideas/feelings
C) thinking of ideas that you might want to write D) To entertain
about. Q460.Which one of the choices below would be the
D) getting ideas from friends. best example of expository writing?
Q451.When should you use brainstorming and make a A) a fictional novel
plan before you write? B) a science textbook
A) Only when I have time C) a journal
B) When its a fun topic D) a book of poems
C) All the time Q461.Which is NOT an example of expository writing?
D) Never, it takes to long A) newspaper article
Q452.What is the name of the paragraph that STARTS B) instruction booklet
your persuasive essay? C) recipe
A) Introduction D) short story
B) Body Paragraph Q462.The thesis statement should respond to the
C) Conclusion prompt and give three .
Q453.What is the LAST paragraph in your essay A) facts about yourself
called? B) text evidence examples
A) Introduction C) reasons to support your topic
B) Body Paragraph Q463.In each body paragraph you should have a topic
C) Conclusion sentence and .
Q454. What do you use to defend your position in a Choose all that apply.
persuasive essay? A) Transition words of phrases
A) Grapes and popcorn B) Thesis Statement
B) Your opinion C) Text Evidence
C) Reasons and evidence D) Explanation
D) Details Q464.Each body paragraph should have a topic
Q455.Which of the following would be sentence, text evidence, and....
the strongest argument to persuade you to buy a new A) Explanation
video game: B) Dialogue
A) The video game is expensive. C) Thesis statement
B) The video game is almost as fun as the ones you Q465.Which of the following is a characteristic of an
have. expository essay?
C) The video game has OK graphics. Choose all that apply.
D) The video game won an award for Game of the A) informational writing
Year. B) should follow a logical sequence and have three
Q456.A salesperson uses persuasion to make you..... main points
A) buy a product C) logic and coherence are the main focus
B) do research D) presents reasons, explanations, or steps in a
C) learn how to do something process
D) feel happy

36
Q466.An introduction consists of . Q476.When writing a body paragraph you should have
A) a hook, building sentences, and a thesis statement more than _?
B) a topic sentence, text evidence, and explanation A) Evidence than elaboration
C) a hook, text evidence, and thesis statement B) Topic sentences than evidence
D) a hook, building sentences, and transition words C) Topic sentences than elaboration
Q467.A conclusion paragraph should include D) Elaboration than evidence
A) a thesis restatement Q477.What is the purpose of elaboration?
B) reminder of the focus of the essay A) To connect the evidence to the claim and use it to
C) new information and details argue even further.
Argumentative writing B) To summarize the evidence
Q468.What is the first thing you should do when you C) To just explain the evidence.
get your test? Q478.A concluding sentence should...
A) Plan A) To summarize what you have said
B) Write B) Add a final thought about the topic, and use it to
C) Read the prompt transition the next topic.
D) Read the articles C) To tell the reader what you will be talking about
Q469.What words will be in a prompt if the essay is Q479.What should the last sentence of your conclusion
argumentative? be?
A) Pick a position A) A call to action: It gives the audience a warning or
B) Explain benefits of your position
C) Argue B) Restating the thesis
D) Convince C) Summarizing the main points
Q470.What should you start your introduction with? informative essay
A) Thesis Statement Q480.What is the purpose of an informative essay?
B) Evidence A) To provide information, or explain steps in a
C) A sentence about your topic that grabs the reader's process.
attention B) To tell a story.
Q471.Why should you include background information C) To entertain the readers.
after your attention grabber? D) To persuade the reader.
A) To make sure the reader knows you are answering Q481.What are the three main parts of an essay?
the prompt A) The hook, the topic sentence, and conclusion.
B) To make sure the reader knows what you are B) Introduction, Hook, Body
arguing about and why C) Introduction, Body, Conclusion
C) To provide proof or evidence D) Claim, Counterclaim, Rebuttal.
Q472.What is considered to be background Q482. What is a hook?
information? A) A hook grabs the reader's attention.
A) What topic you are talking about B) A hook ends the essay.
B) Why you are talking about this topic C) A hook is the main idea of an essay.
C) What two sides people are arguing about D) The hook explains what each paragraph is about.
D) Who this topic might affect Q483. What is a thesis statement?
Q473.A thesis statement in an argumentative essay is A) The statement that is the main idea of an essay.
also called a: B) The statement that introduces each paragraph.
A) Claim C) The statement that grabs the reader's attention.
B) Counterclaim D) The final statement in an essay.
C) Rebuttal Q484. How many points must your thesis statement
Q474.Why is a topic sentence (1st sentence) in a body discuss?
paragraph important? A) Four.
A) It provides evidence that supports the claim B) One.
B) It helps elaborate the topic even further C) Three at least.
C) It concludes the paragraph and helps transition to D) Two at least.
the next Q485. What is a topic sentence?
D) It tells the reader what that entire paragraph is A) The sentence that get's the reader's attention.
going to focus on B) The sentence that is the main idea of the entire
Q475.Which is the correct way to cite evidence? essay.
A) In the article What's in a Name the author states C) The final sentence in an essay.
B) In the article "what's in a name" the author states D) The sentence that tells the main idea of a
C) In the article What's in a Name? the author states paragraph.
D) In the article What's in a Name?the author states

37
Q486. What are the three paragraphs in the middle of
an essay called? Q496.After the body of the letter, you include a
A) The Body. statement such as Sincerely or Regards. This is called
B) The Introduction. the:
C) The conclusion. A) Signature
D) Supporting Details. B) Complimentary Close
Q487. In which part of the essay should your hook go? C) Initials
A) The body paragraphs. D) Salutation
B) The introduction. Q497.The initials at the bottom of the letter are from:
C) The conclusion. A) The person composing the letter
D) The topic sentence. B) The person actually typing the letter
Q488.In which part of the essay should your thesis C) The CEO of the company
statement go? D) The company's brand
A) The middle.
B) The body paragraphs.
C) The conclusion.
D) The introduction.
Q489. The body paragraphs are meant to do what?
A) To explain the thesis statement.
B) To extend the essay.
C) To set up the hook.
D) To waste time.
Q490.The correct format for the date in a business letter is:
A) Oct. 3, 2018
B) October 3, 2018
C) 10/3/18
D) 10-3-18
Q491.Appropriate font size for a business letter is:
A) 10
B) 12
C) A & B
D) None of the Above
Q492.Which of the following font styles would you NOT
use for a business letter:
A) Arial
B) Arial Narrow
C) Times New Roman
D) Harlow Solid Italic
Q493.Business Letters are written in Block Style, which
means:
A) Everything is centered
B) Everything is right-aligned
C) Everything is left-aligned
D) You indent each paragraph
Q494.At the top of a business letter, the company
writing the letter usually provides their address and
business logo, also known as:
A) Letterhead
B) Letter Address or Inside Address
C) Salutation
D) Complimentary Close
Q495.The greeting in a letter, such Dear Mrs. Smith, is
called the:
A) Letterhead
B) Body
C) Salutation
D) Signature

38
Q498.How many line spaces are between the date and Q508. After citing evidence you must
the letter address: A) review, revise
A) 1 B) quote, paraphrase
B) 2 C) explain, elaborate
C) 3 D) introduce, summarize
D) 4 Q509.Which transition signals the conclusion?
Q499.How many spaces are between the A) In addition
Complimentary Close and the Signature B) Similarly
A) 1 C) For example
B) 2 D) As you can see
C) 3 Q510.Which transition signals explaining
D) 4 A) author states
Q500.How many spaces are between each paragraph B) this illustrates
in the body of the letter: C) in the same way
A) 1 D) in addtion
B) 2 Q511.Which transition signals contrast?
C) 3 A) Furthermore
D) 4 B) for instance
Q501.The SALUTATION in a formal letter must end C) as a result
with which piece of punctuation? D) however
A) Period ( . ) Q512.What is the first paragraph in a formal essay called?
B) Comma ( , ) A) Beginning
C) Semi colon ( ; ) B) Grabber
D) Colon ( : ) C) Hook
Q502.The last part of a business letter is the D) Introduction
A) Complimentary Closing Q513. What is the last paragraph of a formal essay called?
B) Salutation A) Resolution
C) Signature Line B) Conclusion
D) Signed Signature C) Ending
Q503.The margins for a business letter are D) Finale
A) 2 inch top, 1 inch left, right, and bottom Q514.Which is the paragraph where key ideas or
B) 1 inch top, right, left, and right claims are developed and explained?
C) 2 inch top & bottom and 1 inch right & left A) Introduction
D) 1 inch top, 2 inch right, left, bottom B) Body paragraph
writing an essay C) Key paragraph
Q504.What are the first steps in writing an essay? D) Conclusion
A) Close Reading for evidence Q515.What 3 elements are in the Introductory paragraph?
B) Proofreading the passages A) Evidence, Explain, Elaborate
C) Citing Evidence in your paragraphs B) Opinion, Reasoning, Explain
D) Writing a rough draft C) Hook, Reference, Thesis
E) Unpacking the prompt and establishing a purpose D) Thesis, Restate, Conclusion
for reading Q516.What is the main difference between argumentative and
explanatory writing?
Q505.Begin every body paragraph with a
A) Argumentative is only 4 paragraphs
A) A lead
B) Argumentative uses a counterclaim
B) An Introduction
C) Argumentative does not use refutation
C) A topic sentence that Restates Question
D) Argumentative is subjective
D) Background information
Q517. What is a counterclaim in argumentative writing?
Q506.Which type of paragraph contains cited
A) Opposing side.
evidence ‫ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﮭد ﺑﮭ‬/ ‫?دﻟﯾل ﻣذﻛور‬
B) The side you are taking.
A) Body
C) A refutation
B) Beginning
Q518. Why is a refutation ‫ اﻧﻛﺎر‬/ ‫ ﺗﻔﻧﯾد‬important?
C) Conclusion
A) It refutes your claim.
D) Resolution
B) It does not need evidence.
Q507.When citing evidence you must
C) You don't use a refutation in argumentative writing.
A) Credit or name the source
D) It explains why the counterclaim is wrong.
B) Summarize ideas
C) Copy exact words
D) Retell in your own words

39
Q519.In an argumentative essay, what paragraph(s) speech
should include your counterclaim(s)? Q525.This part of a speech covers and explain the
A) Introduction main points of your topic.
B) Conclusion A) Introduction
C) Both body paragraphs B) Body
D) 3rd Body Paragraph C) conclusion
Q520. What is NOT included in the 3rd BODY Q526.This part of a speech brings speech psychologically to a close.
PARAGRAPH in an argumentative essay? A) Conclusion
A) Counterclaim B) Body
B) Refutation Q527. This part of a speech aims to gain the attention
C) Evidence and interest of the audience.
D) Closing Argument A) Introduction
Q521.Which prompt below is asking for an B) Conclusion
informative/explanatory essay? Q528.This is the stage where you collect ideas,
A) Smartphones, tablet PCs, social media, and information, sources and references relevant or related
constant connectivity are changing the ways that to your specific topic.
people live, think, work, and connect. How do A) Gathering the data related to the topic
these technologies shape your life? Write an essay B) Determining the topic
that explains to your fellow students the ways that C) Narrowing down the topic
you connect digitally and predicts how people will D) Selecting the topic
connect in the future. Q529.Before writing the speech, you must first think of
B) Do you believe there should be a substantially the points that suit the topic. However, the points
increased minimum wage? Write an essay themselves are not sufficient to provide a clear view
choosing a side for or against this topic. and understanding to the audience.
Q522.Choose all prompts that ask for an What can you do to provide a crystal clear
argumentative essay. understanding to the audience?
A) Is it okay for people to buy pets from breeders? Or A) distribute copies of the speech
should people only adopt pets from shelters? Write B) elaborate each points by giving examples
and defend your position. C) slides presentation
B) In what ways are pets like people and in what ways D) distribute brochures
are they not? Write a comparison-contrast essay Q530. Select all that apply to writing an introduction.
explaining the similarities and differences between A) Has a hook
pets and people. B) Has the thesis statement
C) Consider a moral dilemma that a character in a C) Has supporting details
novel or other piece of literature must face. Explain D) Introduces the topic
what you would do if you were caught in the same Q531.How do you close your speech?
situation. Then explain why you would handle it A) strike a pose
that way. B) saying goodbye
D) Some people believe that teens are not C) thank the audience
responsible drivers. What should the minimum Q532.Which of the following words should NOT be
driving age be? Write an essay defending your used in a conclusion?
position. A) We
Q523.Choose all of the sentences that make up an B) The
introduction paragraph. C) One
A) Thesis statement D) Data
B) Refutation Q533. Which is the most appropriate sentence for a
C) Bridge conclusion?
D) Hook A) I think that my data was great.
Q524.What is the order of your paragraphs in an B) My partner messed up.
essay? C) The data supported the hypothesis which was......
A) Introduction, Counterclaim, Body Paragraph 1, D) My data supported my hypothesis.
Conclusion descriptive writing
B) Thesis, Introduction, Body paragraph 2, Q534.Which word describes position?
Conclusion Grace held the leash around her wrist.
C) Introduction, Body Paragraph 1, Body Paragraph A) Held
2, Conclusion B) Leash
D) Introduction, Conclusion, Body Paragraph 1, Body C) Around
Paragraph 2 D) Wrist

40
Q535.Which word describes position? A) Canada's president is Justin Trudeau.
Riley walked across the street. B) There are many reasons why Canada would be the
A) Riley B)Across best place to live in.
C) Street D) walked C) Hello everyone. Canada is amazing.
Q536. Which word describes position? D) It seems to me that there are many places in the
The dog sat by the warm fireplace. world that are better than Canada.
A) Sat B) The Q543. Mark the options that best describe the
C) Warm D) by supporting sentences of a paragraph
Q537.Which word describes position? A) They come after the topic sentence, making up the
We hiked up the mountain Saturday morning. body of the paragraph.
A) We B) Up B) One supporting sentence is enough.
C) The D) on C) They include supporting facts, details and
Q538. Which word describes position? examples.
Bald eagles live in the United States. D) They must develop the main topic of the
A) Bald B) Live paragraph.
C) In D) United States E) They are separated by commas
Q538.Which sense does this statement appeal to? Q544.What are the mistakes in these supporting
The sweet perfume of the flowers filled the room. sentences?
A) Sight
B) Touch
C) Taste
D) smell
paragraph
Q539. What is a paragraph?
A) A set of words that is complete in itself, containing
a subject, verb and object.
B) A unit of grammatical organization which A) No connectors / bad use of connectors
traditionally consists of a subject and predicate. B) Grammar mistakes
C) A group of sentences that are all related to one C) Horrible punctuation
main topic. D) No examples
Q540.Select the parts of a paragraph:
A) Title
B) Topic sentence
C) Supporting sentences
D) Main topic
E) Concluding sentence
Q541.Mark the characteristics of the topic sentence
A) It's the first sentence of a paragraph.
B) It contains an example.
C) It introduces the main idea of the paragraph.
D) It summarizes what the paragraph is about.
E) You should include "Dear Sir/Madam,"
Q542. Mark the best topic sentence for this paragraph.

Q545.What are the mistakes in these supporting

sentences?
A) Wrong use of connectors
B) Bad punctuation
C) They don't give details
D) The supporting sentences are not related to the
topic sentence

41
 Q546.What is true about the concluding sentence?
A) It's the last sentence of a paragraph.
B) It can introduce a new idea.
C) It restates the main idea of the paragraph and
summarizes it.
D) You can add an example of what you said here.
E) A good connector to start it could be "Finally"
Q547. What is the first sentence of a paragraph called?
A) The introduction sentence
B) The topic sentence
C) The first sentence
Q548. A paragraph should cover topics.
A) Two
B) One Q556.Expository writing is ?
C) Three A) informational text
D) five B) fictional text
Q549.At the beginning of the paragraph, you should Q557.This sentence is the last sentence found in the
, or leave a space. introduction.
A) Indent A) Hook
B) use punctuation B) Thesis
C) start with a capital letter C) Conclusion
Q550.The sentences that tell more about the topic are D) supporting details
called . Q558.Which of the following elements can be used as
A) Conclusions a hook to grab the reader's attention?
B) Topics A) a quotation
C) supporting details B) a question for the reader to ask themselves
Q551.Indenting means that you . C) A strong fact or statistic
A) start writing your paragraph on the top line D) All of the above
B) leave space at the beginning of the paragraph Q559.What word/phrase should be used at the
C) writing your paragraph on the back of the paper beginning of each body paragraph?
Q552.A expresses the main idea of the A) Exclamation
paragraph. B) Transition
A) Topic sentence C) Noun
B) controlling idea D) prepositional phrase
C) supporting sentences Q560.The first sentence of each body paragraph needs
D) examples to refer back to your .
Q553.What are the two main elements of a topic A) Hook
sentence? B) Conclusion
A) Topic C) Transition
B) Examples D) thesis
C) controlling idea Q561.The evidence used to support your reason can
D) indention come from
Q554.Usually, a good paragraph contains A) a book you have read
sentences B) a movie you have seen
A) 4-5 C) A sports figure you know a lot about
B) 5-7 D) All of the above
C) 8-10 Q562.The information used in your body paragraphs is
D) 3 called
Q555.Which of the following sequences makes a good A) a hook
paragraph? B) supporting details
A) I-II-IV-III-V C) life lessons
B) I-II-III-IV-V D) reasons
C) III-I-II-IV-V
D) I-II-III-V-IV

42
Q563.Your conclusion should begin by Q571.In the movie, "Bolt," Penny couldn't eat, sleep, or
A) restating your thesis statement and reasons. work when her dog Bolt ran away. Throughout the
B) using a hook to grab the reader's attention. movie, both Penny and Bolt risked their lives to save
C) having a "mic drop" final sentence. the other. Both of these examples show the incredible
D) What is a conclusion? amount of love they have for each other. This is an
Q564.How should your conclusion paragraph end? example of .
A) By restating your thesis statement A) a thesis statement
B) Using a transition word B) a hook
C) Exactly as your paper began. C) evidence to support reason
D) With a final sentence to leave with your reader D) a conclusion
Q565.Using a specific example from a movie or book is Q572.It is quite clear that we should experience the
called benefits of a family dog! They teach responsibility, love,
A) Hook and a healthy lifestyle. Everyone needs a little "ruff" in
B) Reason their lives! This paragraph is an example of
C) Evidence .
D) transition A) Introduction
Q566.First, another, then, next are examples of B) Body Paragraph
A) prepositions C) Hook
B) transition words D) Conclusion.
C) FANBOYS Persuasive writing
D) subordination conjunctions Q573.What is a claim?
Q567.Your 2-3 are included in your A) an opinion that states something to be true
thesis statement. B) a fact from multiple pieces of research
A) Reasons C) a way to hook your reader
B) supporting details D) a jury's statement
C) transition words Q574. What is a thesis statement?
D) hooks A) a sentence that hooks the reader and it's the first
Q568.We write informational pieces to... sentence of the introduction
A) tell a story. B) a sentence that argues the other side's main claim
B) give an opinion. or argument
C) inform the reader about a particular topic. C) a sentence that states your main claim; it is the last
D) entertain. sentence of the introduction paragraph
Q569."Dogs are not our whole life, but they make our D) a sentence that states your main claim; it is the first
life whole."-Roger Caras. Everyone should have the sentence of the introduction paragraph
experience of owning a dog because it teaches Q575.Which of the following is NOT true of a topic
responsibility, love, and promotes a healthy sentence?
lifestyle. The underlined portion is an example of a A) First sentence of a body paragraph
. B) Summarizes the main point of the paragraph
A) Reason C) Has to hook the reader
B) Thesis statement D) Includes the topic of the paragraph
C) Hook Q576.Which of the following best supports a claim?
D) Conclusion A) Facts
Q570."Dogs are not our whole life, but they make our B) Opinions
life whole."-Roger Caras. Everyone should have the C) Counterclaims
experience of owning a dog because it teaches D) Relevant and credible facts
responsibility, love, and promotes a healthy lifestyle. Q577.What does it mean to paraphrase?
The underlined portion is an example of a . A) Summarize a fact in your own words
A) Hook B) Repeat a quote from research
B) supporting detail C) State your own opinion
C) thesis D) Plagiarism
D) conclusion Q578. What is a counterclaim?
A) The main argument
B) An opposing argument that argues the opposite of
the claim
C) An argument that has lots of research and facts to
support it
D) An expert's opinion on a specific subject

43
Q579.Which of the following is NOT part of an Q589.What is true of the introductory paragraph?
introduction paragraph? A) ends with the thesis
A) Hook B) introduces the big idea of the essay
B) Introduce the topic C) starts with a hook
C) Thesis D) all of these
D) Counterclaim Q590. A thesis statement is NOT...
Q580.How many supporting details should each body A) the main point of the essay
paragraph have? B) the main argument of the essay
A) 1 C) a summary
B) 2-3 D) opinion + reasons
C) 3-4 Q591. What order do essays go in?
D) As many facts as you can A) Introduction, Body Paragraph, Body Paragraph,
Q581.Your opinion or argument is called a(n) Conclusion
A) claim B) Body Paragraph, Introduction, Conclusion, Body
B) evidence Paragraph
C) counterclaim C) Introduction, Body Paragraph, Conclusion, Body
D) limitation Paragraph
Q582. the first sentence in a piece of writing used to D) Conclusion, Introduction, Body Paragraph, Body
grab the reader’s attention right away Paragraph
A) hook Q592.What order to the sentences in a body
B) thesis paragraphs go in?
C) claim A) Evidence, Explanation, Topic Sentence
D) evidence B) Thesis, Evidence, Explanation
Q583. What should you do after presenting text C) Topic Sentence, Evidence, Explanation
evidence? D) Explanation, Topic Sentence, Evidence
A) Move on to another reason persuasive writng
B) Transition to another paragraph Q593.A writer who uses persuasion attempts to:
C) Summarize that evidence A) teach you how to make or do something
D) Explain how that evidence proves your thesis B) influence you to do or believe something
statement C) inform you about historic or current events
Q584.How do you know evidence is taken from the D) tell a story
text? Q594.A fact is:
A) You capitalize it A) an opinion
B) It is in all CAPS B) something that can be proven true
C) You use quotes C) use of numbers as evidence
D) You simply state it is from the text, but do not use D) a statement
quotes Q595. What do you use to defend your position in a
Q585. What is a source? Choose the best answer persuasive essay?
A) Something you cite as support in your essay A) Grapes and popcorn
B) a book or website B) Your opinion
C) Something you can trust C) Reasons and evidence
D) part of your essay D) Details
Q586.What is a claim? Q596.Q. The purpose of a persuasive essay is to...
A) a statement used to support or prove the thesis A) entertain your reader
B) quotations from a source B) convince the reader you're view is correct.
C) the analysis explaining the meaning of evidence C) give directions
D) a sentence that grabs your reader's attention D) explain how to perform an action.
Q587. What is a evidence? Q597.The first paragraph in persuasive writing is called
A) a statement used to support or prove the thesis A) an introduction
B) quotations from a source B) the body
C) the analysis explaining the meaning of evidence C) reasons
D) a sentence that grabs your reader's attention D) opinions
Q588.What is analysis? Q598.The first sentence in the conclusion should be
A) a statement used to support or prove the thesis A) The summary of your main points.
B) quotations from a source B) A call to action
C) the explanation of the meaning of evidence C) a restatement of your opinion
D) a sentence that grabs your reader's attention D) a new reason

44
Q599. A reason needs to be supported by Q609.Group of letters =
A) Reasons A) a sentence / phrase
B) Opinion B) a word
C) Hook C) paragraph
D) evidence and facts D) an essay
Q600.evidence supports Q610.Group of paragraphs =?
A) your facts A) a sentence / phrase
B) your reasons and opinions B) a word
C) your conclusions C) paragraph
D) your proof D) an essay
Q601. Which reason best supports that schools should Q611.Group of sentences =?
encourage more students to walk. A) a sentence / phrase
A) None of the reasons are valid. B) a word
B) Students can sleep in longer. C) paragraph
C) It reduces pollution and increases physical activity. D) an essay
D) You don't need buses. Q612. Group of words =?
Q602.Which statement bests supports cell phone use A) a sentence / phrase
during the school day? B) a word
A) Students can text friends during breaks. C) paragraph
B) Cell phones are safe. D) an essay
C) Students can contact an adult or call 911 in an Q613. what is a paragraph?
emergency. A) a group of sentences that ells the main idea of a
D) Students can take pictures with their phones. text
Q603.Which statement best supports the idea that B) a group of sentences that explain the conclusion
nature should be conserved and protected? sentence
A) Nature provides opportunities to study and C) a group of sentences about one idea
research. Emails
B) Nature is cool to look at. Q614.Emails of advice are responses to...
C) You can get nice pictures outside. A) a request for advice.
D) There are many things you can do outside. B) a review of holidays.
paragraph C) an invitation.
Q604.What is the first sentence of a paragraph called? Q615.Emails of advice are usually sent to people...
A) The introduction sentence A) we know well.
B) The topic sentence B) we don't know and address them as Dear Sir/
C) The first sentence Madam,
Q605.A paragraph should cover topics. C) who are in higher positions (e.g. employers)
A) Two Q616.An email of advice is focused on:
B) One A) re - tell one's own experience.
C) Three B) suggestions how to deal with a problem.
D) five C) telling about one's holidays.
Q606.At the beginning of the paragraph, you should Q617.We start an email of advice with a/an
A) start with small letter greeting.
B) use punctuation A) Formal
C) start with a capital letter B) informal
Q607.The final sentence in a paragraph is call the Q618.Then we write opening remarks and restate the
. problem in our first paragraph which is known as:
A) conclusion sentence A) conclusion
B) topic sentence B) main body
C) supporting details C) introduction
Q608.The sentences that tell more about the topic are Q619.A main body refers to the paragraph/ paragraphs
called . where we:
A) Conclusions A) we give our advice.
B) Topics B) end our email.
C) supporting details C) share our own experience.
D) Detail sentences Q620.We express a hope that our advice will work:
A) introduction
B) conclusion
C) main body

45
Q621.What is email? Q631.What type of letter would you write to your best friend?
A) communicating by mail A) Formal
B) an electronic form of communication B) Informal
C) texting by phone Q632.Idioms and slang are okay in...
D) multiple forms of communication A) Informal letters / e-mails
Q622.Why is learning how to send an email important? B) Neutral letters / e-mails
A) email is used in the work place & professional C) Formal letters / e-mails
settings Q633.Which of the following is the correct about the
B) students use email in high school/ college writer's address?
C) it's a common form of communication A) The writer's address is at the top left corner of the
pesuasive writing page.
Q623.What is the purpose of a thesis statement? B) The writer's address is at the top right corner of the
A) To present a broad topic page.
B) To present the writer's opinion about a topic C) The writer's address is in the middle of the page.
C) To make an announcement about something D) None of the above
D) To introduce a statement of fact Q634.Read the prompt and choose which type of letter
Q624.When constructing a convincing argument you you will write... Write a letter about a terrible
should... experience you had at the local clinic.
A) Only focus on one side of the issue A) Letter of thanks
B) Address the counter argument B) Letter of request
C) Use a very aggressive tone C) Letter of complaint
D) Ignore all of the evidence and just state your D) Letter of invitation
opinion. Q635.What tone do we use for a business letter?
Q625.What is wrong with this thesis statement: Living A) Informal tone
in an apartment has many advantages. B) Formal tone
A) It is an announcement Q636.Choose the correct response about the order of
B) It is a statement of fact the Business Letter.
C) It is too broad A) Writer's Address, Date, Inside Address, Greeting,
D) There is nothing wrong with it Body, Closing, Signature
Q626. What is wrong with this thesis: In this paper my B) Writer's Address, Inside Address, Date, Greeting,
argument will be about school uniforms. Body, Signature, Closing
A) It is an announcement C) Inside Address, Writer's Address, Date, Greeting,
B) It is argumentative Body, Signature, Closing
C) There is nothing wrong with it D) Writer's Address, Greeting, Inside Address, Date,
D) It is too creative Body, Closing, Signature
Q627.Your thesis statement needs three things: Q637.What type of letter is it?
Identification, claim, and Write a letter to the Minister of Youths inviting them to
A) broad claim speak to your school's special assembly.
B) reasons A) Letter of thanks
C) factual statement B) Letter of complaint
D) an announcement C) Letter of invite
Q628.All of the following are features of a persuasive D) Letter of recommendation
essay except... Q638.We must begin a formal letter with...
A) Clearly stated position A) receiver's address
B) Use of reasonable tone B) date
C) Specific and reliable examples and evidence C) sender's address
D) Broad topic sentences D) subject
letter Q639.After sender's address we must write. ......... in a
Q629.Where does the date go in a letter? formal letter.
A) top left A) receiver's address
B) top right B) date
C) the back of the letter C) salutation
D) bottom write D) subject
Q630.What type of letter would you write to the Q640.What comes next after the date in an informal
principal of your school? letter.
A) Formal A) receiver's address
B) informal B) subject
C) sender's address
D) salutation

46
Q641.Start a formal letter with Q653.How do you write back to the person who sent
A) Dear Sir or Madam, you an email?
B) Dear John, A) You reply to the email.
C) To whom it may concern, B) You attach the email.
D) Dear Mr Lubby, C) You greet the email.
Q642.In the introduction of a formal letter you must Q654.Which is the best greeting for an email to a teacher?
A) give your name and address A) Hey teacher!
B) state the reason for writing the letter B) What's up, Mrs. Park,
C) ask the reader to keep in touch C) Dear Mrs. Park,
Q643.An essay that presents information or facts Q655.What is the best closing for an email to a counselor?
(explains) is called... A) Thank you for your help,
A) expository B) Peace out!
B) reflective Q656.The subject line should be
C) descriptive A) your name
D) narrative B) a short summary of the email topic
Q644.If you are taking sides and are pro or con in C) a sentence saying hello
order to influence somebody's opinion or action, you Q657.What should you do before sending an email?
are writing a essay. A) Check your spelling
A) Expository B) Proofread
B) Reflective C) Look at your grammar
C) Narrative D) All of the above
D) persuasive Q658.Reports should be written using .............
Q645. Copying and citing an important phrase, language.
sentence or paragraph word for word from a text is? A) Descriptive
A) Summarize B) Informal
B) Quote C) Persuasive
C) Reliable D) Formal
D) primary source Q659.The type of report that provides enough detail of
Q646.What does the "E" of Email stand for? information of an event is an report.
A) Easy A) Informational
B) Electronic B) Informal
C) Exact C) Analysis
Q647.What do you click to start a new email? D) analytical
A) Attach Q660.How many paragraphs are there in report
B) Subject writing?
C) Compose A) 2
Q648.Where are emails that you receive stored? B) 3
A) Reply C) 4
B) Inbox D) 5
C) Greeting Q661.What is the first thing that you write in the report?
Q649.What part of the email is where you say A) Key Features
goodbye? B) Introduction
A) Greeting C) Conclusion
B) To D) Title
C) Closing Q662.What tense do you use in writing the Key
Q650.How do you send a file with your message? Features paragraph?
A) You forward the file. A) Past Tense
B) You reply to the file. B) Present Tense
C) You attach the file. C) Past Perfect Continuous Tense
Q651.Where do you write the main part of your D) Present Continuous Tense
message? Q663. Why are news reports written?
A) In the subject line A) To inform the world of terrible stories that lead to
B) In the closing death and other unfortunate events
C) In the body B) To inform citizens of events which are happening in
Q652.What part of the email is where you say hello? the world locally and internationally
A) Greeting C) To make sure people have jobs
B) Closing D) To give people something to do in the morning
C) Subject when they drink their coffee

47
 Q664. Who should the quotation be from? 7- Which of the following sentences has the correct
A) A random person punctuation?
B) A witness or authority figure a) This is what I ate for breakfast; an egg and a cheese
C) A child sandwich.
D) The author b) This is what I ate for breakfast: egg and a cheese sandwich.
Q665.1.Reports should be.. c) This is what I ate for breakfast an egg and a cheese
sandwich.
A) Objective d) This is what I ate for breakfast, egg and a cheese sandwich.
B) Subjective 8- Which of the following sentences has the correct
C) Neither objective nor subjective punctuation?
D) Both objective and subjective a) He knocked several times: no one came to the door.
Q666.A report should be written in the format of a b) He knocked several times no one came to the door
A) Short story c) He knocked several times, no one came to the door.
B) Letter d) He knocked several times; no one came to the door.
C) Dialogue 9- Which of the following sentences has the correct
D) Summary punctuation?
a) Here is what you need to get at the market beans,
Parts of speech & Punctuation: eggs, cheese and bread.
1- Which of the following is correctly punctuated? b) Here is what you need to get at the market: beans eggs
a)Lets eat Grandma! B) Let’s eat Grandma cheese and bread.
c Let’s, eat Grandma d) Let’s eat, Grandma! c) Here is what you need to get at the market; beans,
2- Which of the following is correctly punctuated? eggs, cheese and bread.
a)I love this book. It’s cover is so beautiful d) Here is what you need to get at the market: beans,
b) I love this book. Its cover is so beautiful. eggs, cheese and bread.
c) I love this book. Its so beautiful 10- Which of the following sentences has the correct
d) I love this book. Do you know who wrote its? punctuation?
3- Which of the following is correctly punctuated? a) The window was open I looked out over the green
landscape.
a Even after all there disagreements, they’re still best b) The window was open, I looked out over the green
friends. landscape.
b) Even after all their disagreements, there still best c) The window was open: I looked out over the green
friends. landscape.
c Even after all their disagreements, they’re still best d) The window was open; I looked out over the green
friends. landscape.
d) Even after all they’re disagreements, there still best 11- Which of the following sentences has the correct
friends. punctuation?
4- Which of the following sentences has the correct a) The school trip has three supervisors Mr. Ali, Mr.
punctuation? Mohamed and Mr. Ahmed.
a) Omar, and Ali who have always been friends, no b) The school trip has three supervisors: Mr. Ali, Mr.
longer talk to each other. Mohamed and Mr. Ahmed.
b) Omar and Ali who have always been friends no c) The school trip has three supervisors, Mr. Ali, Mr.
longer talk to each other. Mohamed and Mr. Ahmed.
c) Omar and Ali, who have always been friends, no d) The school trip has three supervisors; Mr. Ali, Mr.
longer talk to each other. Mohamed and Mr. Ahmed.
d) Omar and Ali, who have always been friends, no 12- Which of the following sentences has the correct
longer, talk to each other. punctuation?
5- Which sentence has the correct ending a) The airport announcer said: "The 8:30 p.m. flight to
punctuation mark? Dubai is now boarding."
a) When you arrive home, call me? b) The airport announcer said, “The 8:30 p.m. flight to
b) When you arrive home, call me. Dubai is now boarding."
c) When you arrive home, call me! c) The airport announcer said, “The 8, 30-p.m. flight to
d) When you arrive home, call me: Dubai is now boarding."
6- Which of the following sentences has the correct d) The airport announcer said; “The 8:30 p.m. flight to
punctuation? Dubai is now boarding."
a) My daughter loves mobile games, my son likes football. 13- Choose the sentence that is correctly punctuated:
b) My daughter loves mobile games; my son likes football. a)We plan to stay for another year, But Peter is leaving now.
c) My daughter loves mobile games my son likes football. b)We plan to stay for another year but Peter is leaving now.
d) My daughter loves mobile games: my son likes football. c) We plan to stay for another year, but Peter is leaving now?
d) We plan to stay for another year, but Peter is leaving now.

48
14- Choose the sentence that is correctly punctuated:
a) We were told we would be discussing the new 21Which of the following sentences is correctly
schedule during the meeting. punctuated?
However, our boss never brought it up once. a) The course is divided into 3 parts: beginner,
b) We were told we would be discussing the new intermediate and advanced.
schedule during the meeting: b)The course is divided into 3 parts:- beginner,
however, our boss never brought it up once. intermediate and advanced.
c) We were told we would be discussing the new c)The course is divided into 3 parts, beginner,
schedule during the meeting. intermediate and advanced.
However our boss never brought it up once. d)The course is divided into 3 parts! beginner,
d) We were told we would be discussing the new intermediate and advanced.
schedule during the meeting! 22- Which of the following sentences is correctly punctuated?
However, our boss never brought it up once. a)At 4:15 p.m. the doors will be opened to the public.
15- Which of the following sentences is correctly b) At 4-15 p.m. the doors will be opened to the public.
punctuated? c) At 4,15 p.m. the doors will be opened to the public.
a) A two-year-old child was killed in a car accident d) At 4;15 p.m. the doors will be opened to the public.
yesterday. 23- Which of the following sentences is correctly
b) A two year old child was killed in a car accident punctuated?
yesterday. a) I ordered the following things! sugar, oil, flour and coffee.
b) I ordered the following things; sugar, oil, flour and coffee.
c) A two-year old child was killed in a car accident
c) I ordered the following things: sugar, oil, flour and coffee.
yesterday. d) I ordered the following things. sugar, oil, flour and coffee.
d) A two-year-old child, was killed in a car accident 24- ‘Telephone’, ‘banana’ and ‘chair’ are ------------- --.
yesterday. a)singular, abstract nouns
16- Which of the following sentences is correctly b) uncountable, plural nouns
punctuated? c)singular, concrete nouns
a)What a foolish girl? b)What a foolish girl! d)comparative adjectives
c)What a foolish girl; d)What a foolish girl. 25- Which part of speech is the underlined word in
17- Which of the following sentences is correctly
the following sentence?
punctuated?
‘Traders generally travel safely through the border.’
a) This job takes a lot of time to do.
a)a singular noun b)an adjective
b) This job takes a lot of time to do?
c) a conjunction d) a preposition
c) This job takes a lot of time to do,
26- Which part of speech is the underlined word in
d) This job takes a lot of time to do
the following sentence?
18- Which of the following sentences is correctly
Aha! I knew you were trying to trick me!
punctuated?
a)an interjection b)an adjective
a) We know its been a hot summer
c)a conjunction d) a preposition
b) We know it’s been a hot summer
27- Which part of speech is the underlined word in
c) We know it’s been a hot summer.
the following sentence?
d) We know it’s been a hot summer:
Nabil ran off as fast as his legs could carry him
19- Which of the following sentences is correctly a)an interjection b)an adjective
punctuated? c)an adverb d) a noun
a) The cat caught its tail, in the door 28- Which part of speech is the underlined word in
b) The cat caught it’s tail in the door the following sentence?
c) The cat caught its’ tail in the door Can you have someone proofread your essay before
d) The cat caught its tail in the door. turning it in?
20- Which of the following sentences is correctly a)an adjective b)a verb
punctuated? c)an adverb d) a noun
a) He promised to study harder that night. a few
Vocabulary & Structure
minutes later, he went to bed.
b) He promised to study harder that night; A few 29- Which of the following sentences is structurally
minutes later, he went to bed. correct?
c) He promised to study harder that night; a few a) The average global temperature has aroused by more
minutes later, he went to bed. than 1C in the last 140 years.
d) He promised to study harder that night! a few minutes b)The average global temperature has been risen by more
later, he went to bed. than 1C in the last 140 years.
c)The average global temperature has risen by more than
1°C in the last 140 years.
d)The average global temperature has been raised by
more than 1C in the last 140 years.

49
30- Which of the following sentences is structurally correct? 44- I'd rather you ...... to her why we can't go.
a) Mona, in where house we had a party last year, died a)would explain b)explained
in a plane crash. c)to explain d)will explain
b) Mona, in what house we had a party last year, died in 45- Would you mind ......... these plates a wipe before
a plane crash. putting them in the cupboard?
c)Mona, in whom house we had a party last year, died in a a) making b)doing c) having d)giving
plane crash. 46........ how tired Melissa is when she gets home from
d) Mona, in whose house we had a party last year, died work, she always makes
in a plane crash. time to say goodnight to the children.
31- If the new safety system had been in use, the a)Not mattering b)Not mattered
accident would never have happened. c)none mattering d)No matter
This sentence means that ------------- --. 47- Listen! I can hear someone……………..at the
a) The new safety system was not in use, so the accident door.
happened. a)knocking b)knock c)to knock d)knocked
b) The accident happened because the new safest system 48- Choose the option that correctly conveys the
was in use. meaning of the sentence given below: ‘Never can a
c) But for the new safety system, the accident would fish survive on land.’
have happened. a) A fish can survive both on land and water.
d) There is a new safety system in use, so accidents b) A fish can survive on land.
never happen. c) A fish cannot survive on land.
32- She works for a/an _ national company. It has d) A fish cannot survive on land nor can it survive in water.
offices in over 30 countries. 49- Which of the following is structurally correct?
a) infra- b) multi- c) post- d) pre-33- a) Having been fixed the night before, Peter could use the car.
33-The prefix CO - means "together," so when you b) After having been fixed the night before, Peter
COOPERATE, you could use the car.
a) work separately b) argue with someone c)After Peter had had the car fixed the night before,
c) work with someone else d) operate something he could use it.
34- Which of the following is the prefix that can be d)After the mechanic will fix the car the night before, Peter
used to give the opposite of ‘Polite’? could use it.
a) im- b) dis- c) in- d) il- 50- Which of the following is structurally correct?
35- The prefix re- in ‘rewrite’ means _ a) None of they is of much use in practical life.
a) again b) not c) full d) before b) None of them is of much use in practical life.
36- Publish is a verb. What is the noun? c) None of them is of very use in practical life.
a)preparation b)publication d) None of them are of much using in practical life.
c)probation d)population 51- Which of the following is structurally incorrect?
37- ‘I’d better not leave my bag there. Someone might a) You should not smoke.
steal it.’ This sentence means: b) You cannot buy all that you like.
a) I left my bag there and someone stole it. c) They cooked the dinner themself.
b) Someone found my lost bag and brought it to me. d) You are very nice, like your mother.
c) I should not leave my bag there as someone might steal it. 52- Which of the following is structurally correct?
d It’s safe to leave my bag there. a) I took my final exams five years ago and I have been
38- I'm sorry - I didn't ...... to disturb you. working as a doctor ever since.
a)hope b)think c)mean d)suppose b) I took my final exams five years ago and I had been
39- It was only ten days ago ...... she started her new working as a doctor ever since.
job. c) I took my final exams five years ago and I am working
a) then b)since c)after d)that as a doctor ever since.
40- The shop didn't have the shoes I wanted, but d) I took my final exams five years ago and I was working
they've ...... a pair specially for me. as a doctor ever since.
a)booked b)ordered c)commanded d)asked 53- Which of the following is structurally correct?
41- Have you got time to discuss your work now or a) How long have you been joined this company? –
are you ........ to leave? Since I was 25.
a)thinking b)round c)planned d)about b) When have you joined this company? –Since I was
42- She came to live here ...... a month ago. 25.
a)quite b)beyond c)already d)almost c) How long are you joined this company? –Since I
43- Once the plane is in the air, you can ........your seat was 25.
belts if you wish. d) When you did join this company? –Since I was 25.
a)undress b)unfasten c)unlock d)untie

50
54- Which part in the following sentence is wrong? 64- ‘Who told the newspapers about the prime
‘We have received no complain about the inferior minister's plans? ‘It must have been someone close
quality of the goods.’ to him.’ This sentence means ------.
a) have received b) no complain a) It’s certain that someone close to the prime minister
c) the inferior quality d) of the goods told the newspaper about his plans.
55- Which of the following sentences is structurally b) It’s unlikely that someone close to the prime minister
incorrect? told the newspaper about his plans.
a) Every student likes the teacher. c) It’s impossible that someone close to the prime
b) She’s married with a dentist. minister told the newspaper about his plans.
c) I’ve been here for three months. d) It’s doubtful that someone close to the prime minister
d) You should not smoke. told the newspaper about his plans.
56- Which of the following sentences is structurally 65- ‘You needn’t have brought all these clothes.
correct? It’s rather hot here.’ This sentence means that------
a) After the picnic, we had lots of bread left. a) you should have brought all these clothes but you didn’t.
b) After the picnic we had lot of breads left. b) you brought all these clothes, but it wasn’t necessary.
c) After the picnic we had lot of bread left. c) it was necessary to bring all these clothes and you did so.
d) After the picnic we had lots of breads left. d)bringing all these clothes was a must, so it was great
57- The word ‘LOOK’ is used in four different that you did so.
sentences. Select the sentence in 66- ‘Having had his car repaired, he travelled to
which the word is not used properly. Alexandria.’ This sentence means:
a) Looks don’t matter in any terms. a) the car wasn’t repaired until he had travelled to
b) He looked after his pen. Alexandria.
c) She is the one who looks fabulous. b)he travelled to Alexandria before he had his car
d) He wondered about how it looked. repaired.
58- Which of the following is structurally incorrect? c)he had repaired his car before he travelled to
a) She seems sad. Alexandria.
b) He has a cellular phone. d)having had someone repair his car, he travelled to
c) These grapes are tasting sour. Alexandria.
d) I think you are wrong. 67- ‘He lived in London for 3 years.’ This sentence
59- Which of the following is structurally incorrect? means that --------- --.
a) She is both a dancer or a poetess. a) he is still living there.
b) She is both a dancer nor a poetess. b) he is used to living there.
c) She is both a dancer and a poetess. c) he doesn’t live there anymore.
d) She is both a dancer as well as a poetess d) he intends to live there for 3 years.
60- Which of the following sentences is structurally 68- Which of the following sentences is structurally
correct? incorrect?
a) He is neither right nor wrong. a) Sally has someone to paint her house every year.
b) He is neither right or wrong. b) Sally gets someone to paint her house every year.
c) He is either right nor wrong. c) Sally makes someone painting her house every year.
d) He is nor right or wrong. d) Sally allows someone paint her house every year.
61- Which of the following sentences is structurally 69- We are going to stay at the hotel--------------- my
correct? brother recommended.
a) It is not so good a book as I expected. a)where b)in which c)that d)what
b) It is not a so good book as I expected. 70- The fact -------------- he was there when she was
c) It is not a book so good as I expected. killed made the police suspect him.
d) It is not so a book good that I expected. a)that b)which c)what d)when
62- Which of the following sentences is structurally 71- Which of the two books would you like to read? ---
incorrect? ----- . They are both boring.
a) If he comes, tell him to finish the job. a)All b)Each c)Neither d)Either
b) If and when he comes, tell him to finish the job. 72- Which of the two books would you like to read? ---
c) When he comes, tell him to finish the job. ----- . They are both interesting.
d) Tell him to finish the job when he comes. a)All b)Each c)Neither d)Either
63- ‘I wish you wouldn’t interfere in my life.’ This 73- Which of the four books would you like to read? --
sentence means ------------ --. ------ . They are all boring.
a) It doesn’t matter whether you interfere in my life or not. a)All b)None c)Neither d)Either
b) I’d rather you interfered more in my life.
c) I really don’t mind your interference in my life.
d) You interfere in my life and this annoys me.

51
74- Which of the following sentences is structurally correct? 80- Which of the following sentences is correct to
a) It’s very beautiful furniture that everyone liked it. end this paragraph?
b)It’s so beautiful a furniture that everyone liked it. Supermarket managers have all kinds of tricks to
c) It’s such a beautiful furniture that everyone liked it. encourage people to spend more money. Their aim is to
d)It’s such beautiful furniture that everyone liked it. make customers go more slowly through the supermarket.
75- She's half French and half Italian. This sentence They make the corridors near the cash registers narrower. In
means that ------------ --. some supermarkets, the floor is even slightly uphill for people
a) her uncles are French, but her aunts are Italian going towards the exits. --------------------- --.
a) In this way, customers decide not to buy anything more
b) one of her parents is French and the other is Italian
b) In this way, customers get angry and go home
c) both her parents lived for some time in France and Italy c) In this way, customers might decide to buy a few more
d) Several members of her family live abroad things.
76- Which of the following sentences can be used to d) In this way, customers return the things they have bought and
introduce a piece of information that adds to, or get their money back.
supports the previous statement? 81- Which of the following sentences is correct to end this
a)Moreover, we need to do more research into this paragraph?
phenomenon. …………………. . Some people like to go for long walks in
b) To sum up, more research is needed as the results are the forest, where they won't see anyone for days. Others prefer
inconclusive. to spend their holiday in an exciting city. There they can visit
c) However, some scientists believe that the problem is easy to museums, theaters, and good restaurants. Still others enjoy
solve. the fresh air at the seashore. They can spend their days at the
d) I think that these results need to be reviewed. beach and listen to the ocean waves at night.
Paragraphs, Essays & E-mails: a) People have many different ideas about what makes a great
77- Which of the following sentences is correct to vacation
end this paragraph? b) There are many similarities between a seaside holiday and
I was only 4 years old when my dad was working with camping
c) Working in a big company has many disadvantages
elephants, lions, and tigers. . When I was 14, I was already
d) Life in a small apartment would sound as terrible to many
taking care of and raising baboons and lion cubs, leopard
cats and other animals. At 17, I began working 82- Which of the following sentences is correct to
professionally with elephants. I did that for about 8 years and end this paragraph?
then gave it up. I have been working in the construction Scientists believe that the earth's climate may be warming
business since then. up. This trend probably began thousands of years ago.
a) Elephants and many other animals are just like people Many areas of the earth used to be covered with ice that
b) Therefore, I always had animals around me has now melted. ....................... Scientists think that part
c) You have to love them unconditionally of thereason for this may be carbon dioxide pollution from
d) But nothing would happen to elephants industry and automobiles.
78- Which of the following sentences is correct to a) The carbon dioxide mixes with other gases.
end this paragraph? b) Therefore, violent storms cause damage and deaths all
The degree to which children feel more self-confident as they over the world
grow older depends mainly on their relation with their mothers c)However, in recent years, the warming trend has
and fathers. Children always need to be reassured by their speeded up
parents. ……………………. This kind of trust is essential in
reducing young children's anxiety.
d)It's also important to keep yourself cool by wearing
a) They need to believe that their parents will love them no
loose, light clothes
matter what they do 83- Which of the following sentences is correct to
b) Anxieties are common even in the early years of end this paragraph?
childhood Many studies have shown that it is better to wear your
c) They may begin to cry if one of the parents goes away
seat belt when you are travelling in a car. Seat belts
even for a short while greatly reduce the risk of death or injury in an accident.
d) So parents should scold their children whenever they want This fact is widely recognized and many governments
79- Which of the following sentences is correct to have passed laws requiring seat belt use.
end this paragraph? …………………… Researchers have found several
It's essential for all creatures to keep themselves clean and free reasons for this. Some people feel uncomfortable with the
from parasites.. Some species are able to clean themselves. For seat belt. They are
those species that are not, it is obviously vital to find some other afraid of being trapped in the car in an accident.
animal to perform this cleaning function. a)On the other hand, fate will decide whether one will
a) Nevertheless, there's no point in doing this cleaning process have an accident
b)Some fish species are known to change colour while being b) Some cars must now be equipped with seat belts
cleaned c) In this respect, it’s unavoidable for the drivers to get
c) If they do not, they will probably fall ill from infected wounds
d) Some animals depended on others to do this
injured or die
d) However, many people still do not wear seat belts

52
84- Which of the following sentences is correct to 88- What are the two paragraphs where you should
end this paragraph? put your thesis?
. The main cause of this is loneliness. In the past, older a) The body paragraphs and the conclusion
people usually lived with other members of the family. b) The introduction and the body paragraphs
They usually had responsibilities around the home. For c) The introduction and the conclusion
example, older women could help take care of the d) The first and the second body paragraphs
children. And older men could help their sons at work. 89- Typically, what should you do in your conclusion
These days, married children often prefer to live on their after you restate the thesis?
own, sometimes far away from their parents. a) Summarize your major points b) Ask the
a) In industrialized countries today, many elderly people reader to reread the essay
suffer from depression c)Add another body paragraph d)Add another
b) Some elderly people felt the world has changed too thesis
quickly 90- Which of the following is NOT a transition word?
c) A great many elderly and lovely people would feel a) Furthermore b)Consequently
pressure on them c)However d)negatively
d) Businesses in a country must adjust to older customers 91- Which of these should be avoided in a good
85- Which of the following sentences is correct to essay?
end this paragraph? a) using informal language b)coherence
When people move from one city or country to another, c)unity d)Transition words
the spread of diseases may result. People often bring in 92- The conclusion of an essay should -------------- --.
germs that may not have been present there before. a) have a restatement of the thesis and thoughts for the
These new germs can spread quickly and cause future
previously unknown diseases. They become ill more b) include several transition words
easily and die more often. In turn, newcomers may catch c) ask the reader if he liked the essay
diseases that were not present where they came from. d) end with an exclamatory sentence
a)If a germ is completely new to a region, people have no 93- What is the first sentence of a paragraph
natural protection against it called?
b)Pollution can also lead to the spread of disease a)The introduction sentence b)The
c)Such changes may result in enhancing conditions for exclusive sentence
people in big cities c)The topic sentence d)The first
d)Some bacteria are good for you sentence
86- Which of the following sentences is correct to 94- When do you use supporting details or
end this paragraph? supporting sentences?
Every year about two and a half million animals are used a) Before the first sentence at the introduction
in scientific experiments in Britain. The number has fallen b) After the last sentence because it helps you
in the last few years but it still provokes the vigorous summarize the paragraph
opposition of defenders of animal rights. The scientists c) Never use these in paragraphs because they are for
who carry out the experiments justify them by the essays only.
argument that thousands of people owe their lives to d) After the topic sentence and before the closing sentence
medicines and techniques first evaluated and made safe 95- Which is the topic sentence in the following
by animal testing; in their opinion, the benefit for humanity paragraph?
outweighs the inevitable suffering The way a bird flies often shows what it is doing. When it
inflicted on animals. .......................... Their contention is is flying to warmer places for winter, it flies straight. When
that animals have feelings, like us, which ought to be it is catching insects, it moves about in many directions.
respected. a)When it is flying to warmer places for winter, it flies
a) Animal rights activists, on the other hand, believe that straight.
they should never be subjected to experiments. b) The way a bird flies often shows what it is doing.
b) The government demanded from the scientists to c) When it is catching insects, it moves about in many
obtain as much information as possible from experiments. directions.
c) Then, it may be a better idea to make use of the 96- Which is the topic sentence in the following
findings of similar research in other countries. paragraph?
d) However, some thoughtless people are against this Heavy rain stops many of our activities. Games, sports,
because they don't care for human life. picnics and other outdoor activities are interrupted by rain.
87-A thesis statement -------------- --. Heavy rain also prevents fishermen from going out to sea.
a) is often repeated in every paragraph of the essay a) Heavy rain stops many of our activities.
b) tells the reader what the essay is about b) Games, sports, picnics and other outdoor activities are
c) is not as important as supporting details interrupted by rain.
d) has nothing to do with the topic being discussed c) Heavy rain also prevents fishermen from going out to sea.

53
97- In the body of a paragraph, the writer usually 108- An opening line in a formal e-mail could be --------
develops and supports the idea in the topic ---------.
sentence by ------------------ --. a) How are you?
a)adding a different topic sentence b) How are things?
b)restating the topic sentence c) I have a few ideas on how you can boost your business.
c)giving further information and details d) I hope you enjoyed your birthday party last Monday.
d)writing sentences unrelated to the main idea 109- An opening line in an informal e-mail could be ---
98- If you start your e-mail with ‘Dear sir or Madam, --------------.
which of the following should you use as a closing a) how are you?
greeting or an ending phrase? b) Allow me to introduce myself.
a)Bye for now, b)See you soon c) I need to ask a few questions regarding your new application.
c)Cheers, d)Yours sincerely d) I read about your company’s new product
99- If you start your e-mail with ‘Hi, Salwa’, which of 110-A closing statement in a formal email could be:
the following should you use as a closing greeting or a)Your friend b)Chat soon
an ending phrase? c) Cheers! d)please let me know if you
a)Lots of love, b)Yours sincerely, have any questions.
c) Yours faithfully, d)Best regards 111-A closing statement in an informal email could be:
100- ‘Respect’ is a noun. What is the adjective that can a)I can’t wait to see you!
be used in the following sentence? b) please let me know if you need further information.
-Young children are usually very -----------towards their teachers. c) I look forward to meeting you at the conference.
a)respected b)respecting d) I can’t wait to see you!
c)respectable d)respectful 112- The opening and closing greetings in any e-mail
101- An informal way to say 'in addition', is ------------ --. depend on ------------- --.
a) Also b)So c)Along d)Ahead a) how close you are to the recipient
102-A phrase which asks the person receiving the b) how fluent in English the recipient is
email to contact you, is------- --. c) how much vocabulary you have leant
a don’t be late, please d) how good at typing you are
b) Please get back to me with… 113- The first sentence (hook) in an essay MUST ----
c)I think you don’t intend to contact me a) get readers interested b) put the reader off
d I’ll be angry if you don’t contact me c) tell a story d) all of these
103-Which of the following is a phrase that tells the receiver 114- What do you call the first paragraph in a formal
of the email what the purpose of the email is? essay?
a I’m happy to write to you. a)Beginning b)Grabber c)Hook d)Introduction
b)Yesterday was really hot! 115- What do you call the last paragraph in a formal
c)I just have a few questions about… essay?
d I didn’t mean to disturb you. a)Resolution b)Conclusion c)Ending d)Finale
104-A word to focus the receiver's attention on a 116- What do you call the paragraphs where key
specific part of a question, is --. ideas are developed and explained?
a)especially b)hardly c)rarely a)Introductions b)Body Paragraphs
d)Normally c)Key Paragraphs d)Conclusions
105-A different way to say 'we are considering', is -- 117- Begin every body paragraph with _ _ _.
----------. a) a lead b) an introduction
a)We are thinking about … c)a topic sentence d)background information
b We are working on … 118- Which transition signals a conclusion?
c We have already decided that … a)In addition, b)Similarly,
d We are looking forward to … c)For example, d)In short,
106-A polite but direct way to ask someone to send 119- Which transition signals a contrast (difference)?
you something by email, is -----. a)Furthermore b)For instance
a)can you forward it to me? c)As a result d)However
b) send it to me right now 120- The paragraph in an essay which may restate the
c) should I wait forever to get that email? thesis statement, give an opinion, predict the future,
d you’re too late! offer suggestions, and connect the previous
107-A subject line should ---------------- --. paragraphs in a coherent way.
a) capture the attention of the recipient a)Introduction
b) be irrelevant to the body of the email b)conclusion
c) contain several transition words c) The first body paragraph
d) use difficult and uncommon vocabulary d) The second body paragraph

54
121- This is a sentence or two that captures the 128- Read the following paragraph. Which sentence
readers' attention, so that they are encouraged to is the topic sentence?
read more. I first stopped by the store to pick up a few groceries. The,
a)hack I dropped off my letters at the past office. I had a dentist
b)hijack appointment in the afternoon.Finally, I attended my
c) hook Brest friend’s birthday party in the evening. My day was
d)block long and exhausting.
122- This overview sentence is usually written at a) I first stopped by the store to pick up a few groceries.
the beginning of each body paragraph. b) Then, I dropped off my letters at the post office.
a) Thesis statement c) I had a dentist appointment in the afternoon
b)Exclamatory sentence d) My day was long and exhausting.
c)Imperative sentence 129- What is the type of essay whose purpose is to
d) Topic sentence present information to the reader?
123- What's the most important element you should a)narrative
include in your introduction b)descriptive
of any essay? c)persuasive
a)Detailed statement d)expository
b) Thesis statement 130- Words or phrases that logically connect one
c) Implicit statement idea to another are called ------- --.
d) Official statement a) scripts
124- What are the next few paragraphs after the b)subtitles
introduction called? c )transitions
a) Body paragraphs d)imperatives
b) Funny paragraphs
c)Important paragraphs
d)Excellent paragraphs
125- Each body paragraph in an essay must have a
topic sentence that does what?
a) relates back to the thesis
b) tells something about the following paragraph
c) refers to the conclusion
d) presents some statistics
126- Each body paragraph should have a concluding
sentence that does what?
a)Gives the reader more facts about the topic sentence
b) Sums up what was discussed in the paragraph
c) Reminds the reader of what was discussed in a
preceding paragraph
d) Tells a joke to make the reader laugh
127- After the body paragraphs comes the final
paragraph! What is it called?
a) The preface
b) The conclusion
c) The middle
d) The closure

55
 passages
1. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
October 13
Dear Diary,
There’s a new girl named Sasha in our class. Mrs. Ramirez put Sasha at our table, right next to me. Then Mrs. Ramirez
said, “Becky, I know you’ll be a big help to Sasha.” I smiled at Sasha, and she smiled back. Maybe we’ll become friends. It
would be so great to have a new friend!
October 17
Dear Diary,
I am really upset with Sasha. I’m not sure I want to be her friend. I’ve been trying hard to be nice, but today she got me
in big trouble! When recess ended this afternoon, Mrs. Ramirez asked me to bring the kickball inside and put it away.
When I walked into the classroom, I broke a rule—I bounced the ball indoors. Wouldn’t you know it? The ball landed on
the counter and knocked over a flower pot. The flowers didn’t get hurt, but dirt spilled all over the counter. Since Mrs.
Ramirez was still out in the hall, all I had to do was pick up the pot and clean up the dirt. But before I could, Sasha ran
and got Mrs. Ramirez. What a tattletale! Now I have to stay inside for recess tomorrow. I am so mad at Sasha!
October 21
Dear Diary,
Today our class went to the computer lab. When the lesson was over, Mrs. Ramirez reminded us to turn off the
computers and printers. Then we lined up and waited to be dismissed. That’s when I noticed that the computer and
printer that Sasha had used were still on. I thought about telling Mrs. Ramirez. But instead, I slipped out of line and
turned off the machines. When I got back in line, Sasha was smiling at me. She made a silent “thanks” with her mouth.
Maybe Sasha and I can be friends after all.
Q1.What happened before Becky got upset with Sasha?
A) The class went to the computer lab.
B) Mrs. Ramirez put Sasha at Becky's table.
C) Sasha thanked Becky for turning off the computer and printer.
D) The class lined up in the computer lab.
Q2. Who is Mrs. Ramirez?
A) Sasha's mother B) the principal
C) Sasha's and Becky's teacher D) Becky's mother
Q3. Why did Becky have to stay inside for recess?
A) She was mad at Sasha and did not want to play with her.
B) She had to finish her math work.
C) She knocked over a flower pot when she bounced the ball indoors.
D) Mrs. Ramirez asked her to water the flowers in the classroom during recess.
Q4. You can tell that Becky is a kind person because she ……………….
A) decided not to tell Ms. Ramirez about Sasha leaving the computer and printer turned on.
B) followed all the school rules.
C) knocked over Mrs. Ramirez's flower.
D) thought Sasha was a tattletale.
Q5. What is the setting for this passage?
A) in the fall B) Becky's house C) at school D) A & C
Q6. The mustard on my ham sandwich tasted terrible! I quickly put it the trashcan and drank a glass of
water.
Which word is a synonym for the word terrible?
A) great B ) weird C) horrible D ) funny
Q7. "Let's bake a cake for dessert!", said Milan's mom. Milan gathered the sugar, flour, and milk they
would need to make the cake. Which word is a synonym for the word gathered?
A) collected B ) tasted C) leave D ) followed
Q8. As the roller coaster went down the slope, you could hear Mrs. Horn screaming to get off of the
ride.Which word is a synonym for screaming?
A) talking B ) crying C) yelling D ) eating
Q9. I need to clean my room! It is messy because I have clothes and shoes everywhere.Which word is
an antonym for messy?
A) clean B ) dirty C) pretty D ) large
56
Q10. The beautiful princess wore a pink, fluffy gown to the ball. Which word is an antonym for beautiful?
A) ugly B ) pretty C) big D ) colorful
2-Read the passage and then answer the questions:
One problem for animals is that their habitat is sometimes destroyed by humans. As human populations increase,
more and more space is needed for people. Building areas for people to live pushed animals out of their natural homes.
Forest and swamp habitats are the most threatened. Trees are cut down to make room for homes and businesses.
Swamps are filled in so that neighborhoods can expand. The habitat is destroyed. The animals have nowhere else to go.
Without a habitat, the number of animals begins to go down.
Today, some type of animals are an endangered species. This means there are very few animals of that kind left on
Earth. The animals could face extinction. Extinction is when all the animals of that kind die. When animals die, they are
gone forever.
Humans must prevent the extinction of animals due to the loss of their habitat. We have to become more aware of
animal populations when considering building and expansion projects. Other options may not be as convenient, but the
survival of the animals needs to be taken into consideration. Better planning and an awareness of how human actions
affect animals can make a difference. It is still possible to maintain a diverse animal population for future generations to
enjoy.
Another major cause of endangerment of animals is overhunting by humans. The practice of shooting animals as
a sport can quickly bring the animals to extinction. This is a worldwide problem. The governments of countries around the
world must unite to agree on laws regarding animals. Some animals may have large enough populations so hunting will
not endanger them. Others must be protected.
There is still hope for animals who are already on the endangered species list. Some organizations are working hard to
recreate habitats for them. Breeding programs are helping animal populations increase. We all have to be aware and think
before we act. The things we do can affect more than just ourselves.
Q 1 Find a word from the paragraph that has the same meaning as the natural home or environment for
animals?
a. building b. homes c. habitat d. neighborhood
Q2. What does the word 'they' refer to?
a. Species b. Animals c. Earth d. Extinction
Q3. Who does the word 'we' refer to?
a. Animals populations b. Humans c. Animals d.Projects
Q4. What is the best synonym for 'endangered' as used in the passage?
a. Dangerous b.At risk of extinction c. depressed d.Abundant
Q5. What is the best meaning for the phrase 'go down' as used in the passage?
a. Escalate b. Walk down c. Reduce d. Move to lower land
Q6. What is the best synonym to describe 'convenient' as used in the passage?
a. difficult b.challenging c. easy d. stringent
Q7. What is the best synonym that describe 'major' as used in the passage?
a. insignificant b.main c. simple d.large
Q8. Which of the following that best describe 'breeding' as used in the passage?
a. Separating animals from each other
b. Releasing animals to their natural habitats
c. Keeping animals
d. Reproducing animals
Q9. Why do you think we need to conserve animals?
A. To help them from being eaten
B. To save them from other wildlife animals
C. To save them from dying
D. To prevent them from going extinct
Q10. Find a word in the passage that describes an individual or collaborative planned proposals or
organised plans?
a. Awareness b. Survival c. Consideration d. Projects
Q11. What does the word 'others' refer to?
a. Humans b. Governments c. Hunters d. Animals
Q12. What is being destroyed that can contribute to animal extinction?
a. Forests b. Swamps c. Neighbourhoods d. Habitats
Q13. The best title of the passage is…………..

57
A) Endangered Species of animals
B) Animals
C) wildlife animals
D) Releasing animals
3-Read the followin g passage, then answer the questions:
A goal is something you want to achieve. First, decide what your goal is. For example,do you want to pass a test? Do you
want to be a doctor ? When you have decided on your goal, write it down on paper and look at it every day. Then decide
what you must do to succeed. Some people never reach their goal because they think it is impossible. But you must
always believe that your goals are possible. Don't think, "This test is difficult. I ll probably fail". Instead, think ,"This test is
difficult, but I've worked hard and I will pass it". Most people are successful at things they enjoy. So always try to enjoy
your work. Keep looking at the goal you wrote on paper and think how happy you will be when you succeed. Think about
that happiness while you are working and you will enjoy your work. To sum up, winners have goals and try to achieve
them while losers waste their time doing nothing useful. Always give yourself goals and make every effort to fulfill them.
Choose the correct answer from a, b, c o r d:
1. What is this passage about?
a) goals and how to achieve them
b) goals are not important
c) goals are a waste of time
d) to be successful you shouldn't have goals
2. Why do some people not reach their goal?
a) they think it is impossible. b) they think it is possible
c) they think it can be done. d) they think it is easy
3. What is the opposite of pass ?
a) succeed b) fail c)lose d) miss
4. What kind of things are most people successful at ?
a) Things that are easy b) Things that are difficult
c) Things that they enjoy doing d) Things they work hard at
5. Only............... achieve their goals
a) winners b) losers c) cattle d)wins
6. when you write your goal down and keep looking at, it you feel........
a) negative b) positive c) miserable d)sad
7. When someone achieves their goal, they will b e .......
a) excited b) disappointed c) exciting d) miserable
8. what should you do if the exam is difficult ?
a) I should trust myself b) I should lose confidence
c) I shouldn't answer d) I should give up
4. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
If you were a fish, one of the last birds you would want to see flying overhead is a hungry osprey. These majestic birds of
prey average two feet in length and may have an incredible six-foot wingspan. These enormous predators are also
equipped with long, sharp talons for snagging a meal swimming in the water below.
Ospreys, also known as fish hawks or fishing eagles, have short, hooked beaks and wings that taper to rounded tips.
Their coloring ranges from white to dark brown. The white feathers on ospreys’ heads look like little caps, and their wings
include a mixture of white and dark brown feathers. Their chests, bellies, and chins are white, and their tails are marked
with several white bands, or stripes. Ospreys in flight are easy to identify, thanks to their distinctive plumage, or feathers.
Not surprisingly, these birds are related to eagles, hawks, and even vultures. They can live a long time; the average life
span in the wild is 18 years. The oldest known osprey lived to be 25 years old.
Ospreys are designed to fly fast and dive at amazing speeds. Soaring one hundred feet above the water, their sharp eyes
watch the surface carefully for any telltale signs of fish. Ospreys hover over the water and wait for some indication of
activity. Once prey is spotted, the birds fold their wings to their sides and begin a steep dive, plunging nearly straight
down at blazing speeds. Usually, ospreys hit the water feet first, plunging completely underwater to catch their food.
Water sprays in all directions as the birds reach underwater to grab a fish. They have been seen diving as much as three
feet underwater to capture their prey! Once a fish has been snagged in its sharp claws, an osprey soars back up into the
sky, pausing in flight just long enough to shake the water from its feathers before flying away to enjoy its meal. To help
ospreys hold on to their catch, each of their feet has a unique reversible front toe.
Since their diet is almost entirely fish, ospreys make their homes near water. They live on islands and around bays, such
as the Chesapeake Bay between Virginia and Maryland. The birds spend summers in Alaska, Canada, and northwestern

58
parts of the United States. During the colder months, they stay in warmer places like the Caribbean and Central and South
America. The Chesapeake Bay is home to the largest nesting population of ospreys in the world. Observers have counted
as many as 2,000 pairs. The area has even been called “the osprey garden.”
Like other birds, ospreys like to build their nests in high locations. In some coastal communities, they have built nests on
top of electric power poles and towers. This is dangerous and can result in power failures. Some cities build nesting
platforms for the big birds to use instead. In other regions, ospreys build nests high in trees or on rock cliffs. Osprey nests
have even been found on channel markers and buoys on the water.
Ospreys use their nests repeatedly. When ospreys return to their nests, they spend time repairing them before laying their
eggs. Most ospreys lay three eggs at a time. They are about the same size as chicken eggs and take approximately five
weeks to hatch. If anything threatening approaches the nest, the ospreys’ usual call of cheep-cheep-cheep turns into an
angry cheereek, cheereek. The call means “Get away immediately!”
When the eggs crack open, the chicks, which weigh only about two ounces, crawl out. In less than two months, these tiny
birds will have grown enough to take their first flight. It will not be long before a new generation of ospreys is ready to
imitate their parents and head out for a tasty meal. 8 With their beautiful coloring, threatening size, and natural ability to
bolt out of the sky at high speeds, there is little doubt that ospreys are remarkable birds. Imagine these majestic birds
soaring from the heights of the sky and plunging into the depths of the water. It is no surprise that this amazing scene
draws attention from people who see it. Ospreys will continue to populate the skies for future generations.
Q1. What is the main purpose of paragraph 2?
A) To compare ospreys to other birds
B) To discuss the life span of ospreys
C) To describe the appearance of ospreys
D) To tell how ospreys protect their young
Q2. The name “the osprey garden” in paragraph 4 gives the reader the impression of —
A) fields of flowers eaten by ospreys
B) colorful ospreys that look like flowers
C) fields filled with flowers and ospreys
D) ospreys living together as thickly as flowers
Q3. Which of these best describes the author’s word choice in paragraph 4?
A)Enthusiastic
B)Cautious
C)Factual
D)Cheerful
Q4. Paragraph 5 contains the most information about —
A) how ospreys cause power failures
B) how people can help ospreys
C) where ospreys like to build nests
D) why ospreys like tall buildings
Q5. In paragraph 6, the phrase “Get away immediately” tells the reader —
A)what an osprey should do if it is near an electric pole
B) what an angry bird call from an osprey means
C) what people should do when an osprey nest is discovered
D) what people should do when they see an osprey
Q6. Which word best expresses the author’s view of ospreys?
A)Frightening
B)Disruptive
C)Intelligent
D)Impressive
Q7. The main purpose of the article is to —
A ) tell how ospreys hunt for food
B ) explain how to identify ospreys
C) describe the way ospreys nest
D ) provide information about ospreys
5) Read the Passage and Answer the Questions below.
The natural life span of a domesticated horse is about 25–30 years, 10 years down from what it was in the wild. You can
tell a horse’s age from the number of teeth he has. They get all their teeth by the age of 5, after which those teeth just
get longer. Horses have close to 360 degree all round vision. The only place they cannot see is directly behind or right in

59
front of them, which is why it’s dangerous to stand behind a horse. If they feel something behind them, they may kick
first and ask questions later! It also means that they cannot see a jump once they are about four feet from it, and have to
rely on memory as to its height and shape! Each of the horse’s two eyes works independently wherever a horse’s ear
points it is the direction where the horse is looking. A horse is able to sleep standing up as he is able to lock his leg
muscles so that he doesn’t fall asleep.
Q1. What is the life span of a wild horse?
a) 25-30 years b) 30-35 years c) 35-40 years d) 40-45 years
Q2. Which body part in a horse helps us to tell its age?
a) ears b) teeth c) tail d) eyes
Q3. Horses have close to vision.
a) all around b) 360 degrees c) no vision d) both a & b
Q4. How can we know that in which direction is the horse looking?
a) through ear's point b) through smell
c) through legs d) None of the above
Q5. Write the words from the passage which mean the same as:on your own
a) dependent b) private c) connected d) independently
Q6. Write the words from the passage which mean the same as:unsafe
a) harmless b) secure c) dangerous d) None of the above
Q7. Give a suitable title for the story.
a) Fun fact on Horse b) Characteristics about Horse
c) Details about Horse d) All of the above
6. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
The Painting
An easel is a frame used to hold an artist’s canvas.
The rain had been falling all day. Outside her window, Jenna saw bright red and yellow leaves swirling around in a puddle
near her house. One leaf was so bright red and beautiful that Jenna wanted to take a picture of it. Jenna imagined
standing near the puddle, taking a photo of the beautiful leaf, but she did not have a camera.
The next day Jenna went to art class. She sat in front of her easel, trying to paint the leaf she had seen floating in the
puddle. The painting was not going very well. Jenna could not seem to remember what the leaf looked like, only that it
was bright red.
“What are you painting?” Mrs. Suzuki stood behind Jenna, looking at the pencil outline of a leaf Jenna had drawn on the
canvas.Jenna sighed. “I’m trying to paint a leaf I saw in a puddle yesterday. It was so pretty, but I can’t remember what
it looked like.”Mrs. Suzuki nodded. “I understand. Sometimes, it is really hard to remember something you want to paint.”
Jenna looked at her canvas. How would she ever paint something she could not see?
“Why don’t you take an easel outside and paint the leaf?” Mrs. Suzuki stood next to Jenna. In her hand, Mrs. Suzuki held
a small wooden easel. “This is the easel I sometimes use when I paint outside. When your painting is complete, you can
bring the easel back to me.”
That weekend, Jenna sat on the grass outside her house, the easel and canvas in front of her. It had finally stopped
raining. The puddle had grown larger, but there was still one bright red leaf floating in it.
Jenna raised her paintbrush to the canvas and began to paint.
1. Which choice best tells what happens in the story?
A) Jenna wants to take photos instead of painting.
B) Jenna needs the rain to stop so she can finish a painting.
C) Jenna wants her teacher to watch as she paints a picture.
D) Jenna needs the help of her teacher so she can paint a picture.
Q2. Who is telling the story?
A) Jenna
B) Mrs. Suzuki
C) Someone who is not part of the story who knows and tells the thoughts and feelings of only one character
D) Someone who is not part of the story who knows and tells the thoughts and feelings of all of the characters
Q3. Which word best describes Jenna’s mood in art class before she speaks with Mrs. Suzuki?
A) Calm
B) Bored
C) Gloomy
D) Cheerful

60
Q4. What is the main purpose of the highlighted paragraphs?
A) To show that the easel helps Jenna to paint her picture
B) To describe the pencil drawing Jenna makes during art class
C) To show Jenna looking out of the window on a rainy day
D) To tell how Jenna receives the easel
Q5. What does the highlighted word swirling mean?
A) Sinking
B) Spinning
C) Floating
D) Blowing
Q6. Which highlighted sentence from the passage suggests Jenna’s main problem during art class?
A) “Outside her window, Jenna saw bright red and yellow leaves swirling around in a puddle near her house.”
B) “How would she ever paint something she could not see?”
C) “In her hand, Mrs. Suzuki held a small wooden easel.”
D) “It had finally stopped raining.”
Q7. Which statement about Mrs. Suzuki is best supported by the passage?
A) Mrs. Suzuki enjoys rainy days.
B) Mrs. Suzuki wants to teach her art class outside.
C) Mrs. Suzuki wants Jenna to paint from memory.
D) Mrs. Suzuki has painted outside in the past.
7- Read the passage given below and answer the questions that follow : (10X1 = 10)
Books are companions for people of all age groups. E-books vs. printed books is like comparing joint and nuclear
family systems. Both have their advantages and disadvantages. E-books are cost effective and books of all genres can be
easily accessed from the internet. Font flexibility makes reading easier, uncountable books can be stored in a single device
and most importantly it can help save trees. Packing for trips is hard enough, but it gets doubled when faced with the task
of choosing which book to carry, The device takes a whole lot of weight off from shoulders literally. With the e-book, a
reader can take hundreds of books with him on the journey, and only take up a few square inches in his carry bag.

Reading a printed book can save you from the health hazards of using hi-tech gadgets. For people who consider reading a
book as worship, the scent of its pages intoxicate their senses. The pleasure of reading a printed book and scribbling
comments on the sides of the pages are unmatched. Printed books are not merely about reading, they are an experience.
The joy of flipping pages and keeping book+marks cannot be experienced in an e-book. Constantly reading on the
computer screen or a mobile phone can damage the eyes. Apart from physical considerations, studies have shown that
when it comes to reading comprehension, printed books are still a better choice. Literacy building in children is more
effective with printed books than with an e-book because of the opportunities for interaction between the child and the
parent, reading the book with the child. In fact, in e-books there is no conversation and nothing to encourage the child to
verbalise or explore using language. The research concluded that 'click through' added features can actually detract from
the reading experience because of all the interruption.

This is not to say e-books do not have advantages. It can effectively serve the purpose of convenience and portability.
The excitement generated around technologies such as Amazon's Kindle has played its part in changing from page to
screen. Both versions complement each other based on why and where each is being used.
Q1). The advantage of e-books
(A) cost-effective (B) scribbling is easier
(C) good for eyes (D) pages can be flipped easily
Q2. Trees can be saved if more and more people start reading
(A) printed books (B) e-books
(C) printed magazines (D) none of these
Q.3. Which of the following is not true?
(A) Books should be read only by youngsters (B) Books are companions for all age groups.
(C) Books increase the knowledge of the readers (D) Books increase the vocabulary
Q.4. A printed book has the following advantage :
(A) It is cost effective (B) It is free from any health hazard
(C) It can be more easily packed than e-book (D) It does not need book marks
Q.5. Font flexibility is possible in
(A) printed books (B) magazines

61
(C) e-books (D) all of theses
Q.6. Reading an e-book has many
(A) advantages (B) disadvantages
(C) both (A) & (B) (D) none of these
Q.7. Printed books can save from the health hazards of using
(A) paper (B) hi-tech gadgets
(C) electronic device (D) bookmarks
Q8… ................ is more effective with printed books than e-books.
(A) Reading a story book (B) Reading magazine
(C) Literacy building (D) Saving time
Q9. A word which denotes to a category of artistic, musical or literary composition characterized by a
particular style, form or content (Para 1)
(A) Joint family (B) Nuclear family
(C) Genre (D) Companion
Q10. The synonym of 'enjoyment' used in para 2
(A) interaction (B) intoxicate
(C) experience (D) pleasure
Q11. causes a distraction while reading an e-book.
(A) Flipping (B) Font
(C) 'Click through' features (D) Scribbling
Q12. Which of the following is false?
(A) e-books and printed books complement each other
(B) e-books are more convenient than printed books
(C) e-books causes strain on the eyes.
(D) e-books cannot be accessed from Internet
8. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
When another old cave is discovered in the south of France, it is not usually news. Rather, it is an ordinary event. Such
discoveries are so frequent these days that hardly anybody pays heed to them. However, when the Lascaux cave complex
was discovered in 1940, the world was amazed. Painted directly on its walls were hundreds of scenes showing how people
lived thousands of years ago. The scenes show people hunting animals, such as bison or wild cats. Other images depict
birds and, most noticeably, horses, which appear in more than 300 wall images, by far outnumbering all other animals.
Early artists drawing these animals accomplished a monumental and difficult task. They did not limit themselves to the
easily accessible walls but carried their painting materials to spaces that required climbing steep walls or crawling into
narrow passages in the Lascaux complex. Unfortunately, the paintings have been exposed to the destructive action of
water and temperature changes, which easily wear the images away. Because the Lascaux caves have many entrances,
air movement has also damaged the images inside. Although they are not out in the open air, where natural light would
have destroyed them long ago, many of the images have deteriorated and are barely recognizable. To prevent further
damage, the site was closed to tourists in 1963, 23 years after it was discovered.
Q1.Which title best summarizes the main idea of the passage?
A) Wild Animals in Art
B) Hidden Prehistoric Paintings
C) Exploring Caves Respectfully
D) Determining the Age of French Caves
Q2. Based on the passage, what is probably true about the south of France?
A) It is home to rare animals.
B) It has a large number of caves.
C) It is known for horse-racing events.
D) It has attracted many famous artists.
Q3. According to the passage, which animals appear most often on the cave walls?
A) Birds B) Bison C) Horses D) Wild cats
Q4. The word depict is closest in meaning to .
A) show B) hunt C) count D) draw
Q5. Why was painting inside the Lascaux complex a difficult task?
A) It was completely dark inside.
B) The caves were full of wild animals.

62
C) Painting materials were hard to find.
D) Many painting spaces were difficult to reach.
Q6. The word They refers to .
A) walls B) artists C) animals D)materials
Q7. According to the passage, all of the following have caused damage to the paintings EXCEPT .
A) temperature changes B) air movement
C) water D) light
Q8. What does the passage say happened at the Lascaux caves in 1963?
A) Visitors were prohibited from entering.
B) A new lighting system was installed.
C) Another part was discovered.
D) A new entrance was created.
9- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below.
Mona doesn't like to ask people for help. But it is hard for her to perform daily activities on her own. She is almost 13, yet
she is no larger than a 5-year-old. Mona has trouble keeping her balance and can't walk very far. When she uses a
wheelchair, she can't push it herself.
Fortunately, Mona has a wonderful service dog named Sam. A service dog is a dog that has been trained to assist
someone who has a physical problem. Sam lets Mona lean on him when she walks. He also pulls her wheelchair and turns
lights on and off.
When Mona drops something, Sam picks it up. He even pulls her socks off at night. Sam also helps Mona with everyday
tasks at school. He carries her books from class to class in a special backpack. He puts Mona's completed assignments in
her teachers' homework trays. In the lunchroom he throws away her trash. Besides making Mona less dependent on other
people, Sam helps her lead a fuller
life. Mona's classmates flock around Sam like geese. This has helped her make friends.
Sam also helps Mona be more active. With his aid, she raised over $500 in a walk-a-thon for her local humane society.
Because of Sam, Mona doesn't have to ask people for help. Sam brings her closer to
other kids. And he even helps her contribute to her community.
Choose the correct answer from a, b, c or d:-
1 Which of the following would be the best title for this passage?
a. Why Mona Loses Her Balance b. How Mona's Service Dog Helps Her
c. Sam Helps Mona at School d. Raising Money for the Humane Society
2 Using the passage as a guide, which of the following dogs is most likely a service dog?
a. Frank's dog, who turns on the lights when Frank enters the room.
b. Raul's dog, who fetches the newspaper for Raul while he is busy getting dressed.
c. Mei's dog, who licks Mei's face when she cries.
d. Teddy's dog, who loves to play catch, go on walks, and watch movies with the family.
3. According to the passage, Sam helps Mona by
1. helping her to walk
2. performing everyday tasks for her
3. bringing her closer to her classmates
a. 1 only b. 1 and 2 only c. 2 and 3 only d. 1, 2, and 3
4. Mona finds it hard to do daily activities alone because...............
a. she is almost 13 b. she has a merit of keeping her balance
c. she has a physical problem d. she has a wonderful service dog named Sam
5. Based on its use in the third paragraph, the word "raised" most nearly means..........
a. to move or lift something to a higher position, place, or level
b. to collect money that you can use to do a particular job or help people
c. to increase an amount, number, or level
d. to look after your children and help them grow
6. In paragraph 4, the author writes, "Mona's classmates flock around Sam like geese." Which of the
following literary techniques is used in this sentence?
a. allusion, characterized by a reference to, or representation of, people, places, events, literary work, myths, or works of
art, either directly or by implication
b. personification, characterized by giving human traits to nonhuman things, such as animals or objects
c. irony, characterized by the use of words to express the opposite of their usual meaning
d. simile, characterized by the making of a comparison using the words "like" or "as"

63
7. Sam helps Mona contribute to her community as................
a. she raised over $500 in a walk-a-thon for her local humane society with his help
b. He lets her lean on him when she walks
c. it is easy for her to perform daily activities on her own
d. he makes Mona less independent on other people
8. The antonym of the word "trash" in the second paragraph is ................
a. droppings b. junk c. valuables d. litter
9. Mona has difficulty ...........
a. doing her assignments b. having her meal in the lunchroom
c. keeping her balance d. having a service dog
10. According to the passage. What is NOT true about Sam?
a. He lets Mona lean on him when she walks
b. He raised over $500 in a walk-a-thon for her local humane society
c. He puts Mona's completed assignments in her teachers' homework trays.
d. He throws away Mona's trash in the lunchroom .
10- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below
When you imagine the desert, you probably think of a very hot place covered with sand.Although this is a good
description for many deserts, Earth's largest desert is actually a very cold place covered with ice: Antarctica.
In order for an area to be considered a desert, it must receive very little rainfall. More specifically, it must receive an
average of less than ten inches of precipitation—which can be rain , sleet, hail, or snow—on the ground every year.
Antarctica, the coldest place on earth, has an average temperature that usually falls below the freezing point. And
because cold air holds less moisture than warm air, the air in Antarctica does not hold much moisture at all .This
is evident in the low precipitation statistics recorded for Antarctica. For example, the central part of Antarctica receives an
average of less than 2 inches of snow every year. The coastline of Antarctica receives a little bit more—between seven
and eight inches a year. Because Antarctica gets so little precipitation every year, it is considered a desert.
When precipitation falls in hot deserts, it quickly evaporates back into the atmosphere. The air over Antarctica is too cold
to hold water vapor, so there is very little evaporation. Due to this low rate of evaporation, most of the snow that falls to
the ground remains there permanently, eventually building up into thick ice sheets. Any snow that does not freeze into ice
sheets becomes caught up in the strong winds that constantly blow over Antarctica. These snow filled winds can make it
look as if it is snowing. Even though snowfall is very rare there, blizzards are actually very common on Antarctica.
Choose the correct answer from a, b, c or d:
1. The main purpose of paragraph 1 is t o .....................
a. accept a conclusion b. introduce an argument
c. provide a brief history d . deny a common belief
2. The best title for this passage would be ................
a. Earth's Many Deserts b. Antarctica: The Coldest Place on Earth
c. A Desert of Ice d . Unusual Blizzards
3. Africa's Sahara Desert is the second-largest desert on earth. Based on the information in the passage,
what characteristic must the Sahara share with Antarctica?
a. low temperatures b. high temperatures
c. frequent blizzards d. low precipitation
4. As used in paragraph 2, which is the best definition for precipitation?
a. moisture in the air that falls to the ground
b. any type of weather event
c. weather events that only happen in very cold areas
d. a blizzard that occurs in areas with limited snowfall
5. In paragraph 2 the author writes, "And because cold air holds less moisture than warm air, the air in
Antarctica does not hold much moisture at all." Using this information, it can be understood
that..........................
a. air in Africa holds more moisture than the air in Antarctica
b. air surrounding a tropical island holds less moisture than the air in Antarctica
c. air in the second floor of a house is typically warmer than air on the first floor
d. air at the mountains is typically colder than the air at the beach
6. According to the final paragraph, any snow that falls over Antarctica ..........................
1. becomes part of the Antarctic ice sheet
2. is blown around by strong winds

64
3. evaporates back into the atmosphere
a. 1 only b. 1 and 2 only c. 2 and 3 only d. 1, 2, and 3
7. Based on the information in the final paragraph, it can be understood that blizzards in
Antarctica are mainly the result of..........................
a. freezing cold temperatures b. large amounts of snowfall
c. low amounts of precipitation d. strong winds
8. Antarctica, the coldest place on earth, has an average temperature that...............
a. holds much moisture b. falls below the boiling point
c. is usually subzero d. has high precipitation statistics recorded
9. Based on its use in the last line, the word common most nearly means................
a. familiar b. abnormal c. irregular d. rare
10 Antarctica is considered a desert because..................
a. most of the snow that falls to the ground remains there permanently
b. it gets so little precipitation every year.
c. it is the coldest place on earth
d. blizzards are very rare there
11- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below
To Whom it May Concern:
On March 5,2010,1 bought a Perfect Muffin Kit from your store at Midfield Mall. The cashier who assisted me was George.
George was very friendly and assured me that the Perfect Muffin Kit would live up to the guarantee on the box:"Perfect
Muffins Every Time!" Unfortunately, this product did not live up to its claim. Although the box promised, as I stated above,
to provide "Perfect Muffins Every Time," the muffins I made were far from perfect. I followed the directions included in
the package very carefully. First, I removed the bag of mix from the box. Then, I poured it into a bowl. Next, I added the
correct amount of water to the mix and stirred it. The directions said that after stirring the mixture, I could, and I quote,
"add half a cup of raisins, nuts, berries, or another favorite ingredient." My favorite ingredient happens to be hot sauce. I
find that a dash of hot sauce makes pizza, pasta, and soup taste very delicious. So, continuing to follow the directions, I
added half a cup of hot sauce to the mix and stirred it. Finally, I poured the mix into muffin tins and baked it in the oven
at 350 degrees for exactly 20 minutes. When the muffins finished baking, I was very excited to eat the "Perfect Muffins"
as promised on the box. You can imagine my disappointment when, upon tasting the muffins, I discovered that they were
not perfect. These muffins were, in fact, absolutely terrible. Not even my dog was interested in eating these supposedly
"perfect" muffins. I would appreciate a full refund ($3.99) for this product as soon as possible. Enclosed are the receipt,
the empty box, and one of the un-perfect muffins so that you can experience it for yourself. Thank you for your prompt
attention to this matter. Sincerely, Michelle Bauer
Choose the correct answer from a, b, cor d:
1. This letter is most likely addressed t o ....................
a. the owner of the muffin mix company
b. a local storeowner
c the clerk at a local muffin bakery
d. George, the cashier who sold Michelle the muffin mix
2. The tone of the author can best be described as ....................
a. furious b. disgusted c embarrassed d. frustrated
3. As used in paragraph 1, which is the best synonym for guarantee?
a. lie b. warning c. promise d. sentence
4. Which of the following best describes the organization of paragraph 2 ?
a. The paragraph follows chronological order, in which events are presented in the sequence that they occur,
b The author explains a problem and then proposes a solution to that problem,
c. The author makes an argument and then provides evidence to support that argument.
d. The paragraph follows a cause-and-effect order, in which a series of causes are given, followed by their effects.
5. It can be understood that the author is disappointed by the product because ...........
a. it was worth less money than she paid for it
b. it did not fulfill the promise made on the box
c. the directions included with the product contained a mistake
d. the directions included with the product were too difficult to follow
6. It can be understood that the author put hot sauce in the muffins because she ..........
a. wanted to get a full refund b. did not read the directions carefully
c. was out of raisins, nuts, and berries d. considered it one of her favorite ingredients

65
7. The author's main purpose in writing this letter is to ....................
a. complain about how bad the muffins tasted
b. obtain a full refund for her money
c. prevent others from making the same mistake she did
d. persuade the company to change the wording on their box
8. Which of the following words best describes the author?
a. shrewd b. senseless c. unreasonable d. careful
9. Instead of hot sauce, which of the following ingredients might the author have reasonably added to
enhance the flavor of the muffins?
1. Raspberries 2. banana nuts 3. chocolate chips
a. 1 only b. 1 and 2 only c. 2 and 3 only d. 1, 2, and 3
10. According to the author, the muffins tasted "absolutely terrible."This is the result of ........
a. misinterpretation b. negligence c. forgetfulness d. recklessness
12- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below
Everyone has a favourite attraction at an amusement park, and I am no different. However, unlike most people who seem
to prefer rollercoasters, my favourite ride is a little more gentle. Every time I go to Coney Island, Navy Pier, or the Santa
Monica Pier, I absolutely have to ride the Ferris wheel.
The Ferris wheel is simple and yet also quite complex. That is, riding it is easy, but how it works is complicated. A series
of carts are attached to a wheel, which is attached to a rim. That rim rotates vertically around an axis, and gravity keeps
the carts upright. As simple as the ride seems, only advanced engineers can make safe and fun Ferris wheels.
While the Ferris wheel is not as thrilling as a rollercoaster, it is still very exciting. The fact of being high in the air makes it
so much more entertaining than a lot of rides. I mean, how often do you hang from that high up in daily life?
Nevertheless, I have to admit, I don't seek Ferris wheels out because of their excitement. Rather, I find them very
relaxing. At the top of the Ferris wheel, you get beautiful sights of the park. You also get a sense of calm that you don't
get in the hustle and bustle of the park below. Additionally, Ferris wheels are also gorgeous to look at when they are lit up
at night. In fact, the original Ferris wheel was designed as much to be seen as to be ridden.
The first Ferris wheel was made by and named after George Washington Gale Ferris, Jr. He designed it for the Chicago
World's Fair in 1893. It was the tallest attraction there, standing 264 feet high. However, visitors to the fair were
impressed by the size of the ride as well as the mechanics of it. In 1893, anything that was not turned by hand was
considered a sight to see. And the wheel, which was a machine, was truly incredible to see. Further, as one visitor put it,
the wheel was amazing because it seemed to be missing support. That is, it did not look like it could stand on its own.
And yet it did and even rotated! Ferris wheel technology has only improved since then. Most of today's Ferris wheels are
much larger than that first one. The largest in the world is the "Singapore Flyer," which stands slightly taller than twice
what Ferris's did! Today, the Ferris wheel is the most common amusement park ride. But that does not mean you should
take them for granted. Instead, be thankful for Ferris' invention. The next time you're at an amusement park, don't just
look up at the impressive wheel in the sky on your way to a newer attraction. Take it for a spin!
Choose the correct answer from a, b, c or d:
1. As used in paragraph 1, the word attraction most nearly means.....................
a. sense b. park c. ride d. vision
2. It can be understood that Coney Island, Navy Pier, and the Santa Monica Pier are all examples of ............
a. amusement parks b. Ferris wheels
c. vacation spots d. boat docks
3. As used in paragraph 2, which is the best antonym for complex?
a. impressive b. beautiful c. exciting d. simple
4. What does the author like best about Ferris wheels?
a. the impressive engineering and beauty of them
b. the excitement and thrills they guarantee
c. the beautiful sights and relaxation they allow
d. the fact that most amusement parks have one
5. According to the passage, the Ferris wheel was originally designed for .................
a. Coney Island b. the world's fair c. Disneyworld d. Singapore
6. This passage was most likely written to .....................
a. describe the author's favorite amusement park rides
b. explain the original design of Ferris wheels and how they work today
c. describe the history of Ferris wheels and why they are so popular
d. explain the history of Ferris wheels and why the author likes them

66
7. Using information in the passage, the reader can understand that the tallest Ferris wheel in the world is
.....................
a. under 250 feet tall b. between 250 and 500 feet tall
c. between 500 and 750 feet tall d. over 750 feet tall
8. The rim attached to a series of carts in the Ferris wheel rotates. ............. around an axis.
a. messily b. vertically c. Disneyworld d. randomly
9. The closest meaning of this expression "the hustle and bustle" is .................
a. rush and noise b. noise and quietness
c. calmness and beauty d. comfort and beauty
10. Gravity plays an important role in making the Ferris wheel do well as .................
a. it keeps the carts upright
b. it can make safe and funny Ferris wheels
c. it keeps the Ferris wheel being as thrilling as a rollercoaster
d. it makes you hang from that high up
13- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below.
Have you ever wondered what keeps a hot air balloon flying?The same principle that keeps food frozen in the open chest
freezers at the grocery store allows hot air balloons to fly. It's a very basic principle: Hot air rises and cold air falls. So
while the super-cooled air in the grocery store freezer settles down around the food, the hot air in a hot air balloon
pushes up, keeping the balloon floating above the ground. In order to understand more about how this principle
works in hot air balloons, it helps to know more about hot air balloons themselves.
A hot air balloon has three major parts: the basket, the burner, and the envelope. The basket is where passengers ride.
The basket is usually made of wicker. This ensures that it will be comfortable and add little extra weight. The burner is
positioned above the passenger's heads and produces a huge flame to heat the air inside the envelope. The envelope is
the colorful fabric balloon that holds the hot air. When the air inside the envelope is heated, the balloon rises. The pilot
can control the up-and-down movements of the hot air balloon by regulating the heat in the envelope. To ascend, the
pilot heats the air in the envelope. When the pilot is ready to land, the air in the balloon is allowed to cool and the balloon
becomes heavier than air. This makes the balloon descend. Before the balloon is launched, the pilot knows which way the
wind is blowing. This means that she has a general idea about which way the balloon will go. But, sometimes the pilot can
actually control the direction that the balloon flies while in flight. This is because the air above the ground is sectioned into
layers in which the direction of the wind may be different. So even though the pilot can't steer the balloon, she can fly or
higher or lower into a different layer of air. Some days the difference between the direction of the wind between layers is
negligible. But other days the difference is so strong that it can actually push the balloon in a completely
different direction!
Choose the correct answer from a, b, c or d:-
1) According to the passage, balloon pilots control the balloon's altitude by ..............
a. moving into a different layer of air
b. regulating the air temperature inside the balloon
c. adjusting the amount of air in the envelope
d. changing the amount of weight contained in the basket
2) As used in paragraph 3, which is the best synonym for ascend?
a. move b. fly c. sink d. climb
3) As used in paragraph 3, which is the best antonym for descend?
a. fall b. float c. rise d. drop
4) According to the author, wicker is ..................
1. Comfortable 2. lightweight 3. durable
a. 1 only b. 1 and 2 only c. 2 and 3 only d. 1, 2, and 3
5) If the hot air balloon pilot wants to change directions during flight, what might he or she do to
accomplish this?
a. head toward a mountain peak b. wait for it to rain
c. fly into a cloud d. fly higher
6) Using the passage as a guide, it can be inferred that which of the following statements is NOT true?
a. Air goes up and out the top of a chimney when you light a fire.
b. Cool air collects about the ceiling when you open a refrigerator.
c. Smoke from a candle rises after you blow out the flame.
d. Cold air coming from an air conditioning vent settles about the floor.
7) Based on its use in paragraph 4, it can be understood that negligible belongs to which of the following

67
word families?
a. solemn, grave, serious b. substantial, considerable, large
c. exhilarating, thrilling, exciting d. insignificant, small, unnoticeable
8) It's a well-known scientific truth that..................
a. when the air in the balloon becomes hot, the balloon becomes heavier than air
b. the pilot can't steer the balloon so she can't fly or higher or lower into a different layer of air
c. hot air rises and cold air falls
d. The envelope is the colorless fabric balloon that holds the hot air
9) What is the function of the burner?
a. It produces a huge flame to heat the air inside the envelope.
b. It pushes the balloon in a completely different direction.
c. It allows the air in the balloon to cool.
d. It can actually control the direction that the balloon flies while in flight.
10) The word "This" in the second paragraph refers to
a. The basket is where passengers ride b. The basket is usually made of wicker
c. The basket is comfortable d. The basket adds little extra weight
14- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below.
Marcia says that all of her friends have a cell phone, but Marcia’s mom doesn't want to buy her one. Marcia's mom doesn't
want Marcia to play video games either. What is more, the Internet scares her. Marcia's mom says, “If Marcia has a cell
phone, how do we know whom she is talking to? Video games are bad for you. The Internet is dangerous and
uncontrolled. It’s like having a gun in the house. We should just ban her from using the computer, and I'm not buying her
a cell phone until she is eighteen. This is the only way we can be sure that Marcia is safe."
Marcia’s dad disagrees with Marcia's mom. Although he agrees that there are some dangers to it, he likes the Internet,
and finds it to be very useful. “The trouble is,” he says, “We just can’t stop Marcia from using the Internet, as this would
put her at a disadvantage. What is more, I like video games. I think that, when played in moderation, they are fun.
Obviously, it is not good to play them without restraint or self-control. Finally, I think Marcia needs a cell phone. We can’t
take these things away.”
1) Which of the following best describes the difference between Marcia's mom and Marcia's dad?
A. Mom wants to ban Marcia from using the computer, while dad likes to play video games.
B. Mom thinks technology is dangerous, while dad thinks it can be useful.
C. Mom cares little about Marcia's future, while dad is very supportive.
D. Mom is very strict while Dad is open minded.
2) Which of the following best describes the similarity between Marcia's mom and Marcia's dad?
A. Mom and dad both like technology.
B. Mom and dad both think video games are bad.
C. Mom and dad both think the internet is dangerous.
D. Mom and dad both care about Marcia's wellbeing.
3) In paragraph 1, Marcia's mom says, "It's like having a gun in the house." She says this in order to
A. support the idea that the Internet is dangerous
B. reject the claim that guns can be safe if used responsibly
C. encourage Marcia's dad to purchase a gun
D. explain why the Internet is uncontrolled
4) In paragraph 2, Marcia's dad says, "We just can’t stop Marcia from using the Internet, as this would put
her at a disadvantage." What does Marcia's dad mean by this?
A. Marcia needs to learn how to use the internet if she wants to have friends in the future.
B. Marcia should not stop using the internet because this will seriously slow her learning.
C. If a person's ability to use the internet becomes important in the future, Marcia will be at a loss.
D. If Marcia does not learn to use the internet on her own, then she will never learn to recognize its
5) In paragraph 2, Marcia's dad says, "Finally, I think Marcia needs a cell phone." Given what you know
about Marcia’s mom’s concerns, what is the best reason Marcia's dad can provide to convince Marcia's mom
that Marcia needs a cell phone?
A. Marcia can use her cell phone to talk to her friends, instead of needing to borrow one of ours.
B. Having a cell phone will teach Marcia how to use new technology.
C. Because all of her friends have one, it would be unfair to disallow Marcia to have a cell phone.
D. If Marcia's is in trouble she can use her cell phone to call for help.
6) Which of the following describes a level of game play that Marcia' dad would disapprove of?

68
A. On Saturday, Marcia plays video games all evening. The next day, she wakes up early and goes for a walk through the
woods near her house. When her friend calls Marcia, they talk about what they are going to wear to school on Monday.
B. Marcia plays video games for an hour or two. Then she eats lunch and meets her friends at the skating rink. That
night, Marcia and her friends go to see a movie.
C. Marcia plays video games all morning. When her friends ask her to come play outside, Marcia tells them that she is too
busy and continues to play.
D. Marcia plays video games for an hour every day for five days straight. During these days, she does not watch any TV.
7) Marcia's mom can best be described as
A. ridiculous B. careful
C. cruel D. rude
8) Marcia's dad can best be described as
A. shameless B. foolish
C. wild D. reasonable
9) Which of the following would be the best way for Marcia to change the way her mom thinks about
technology?
A. Read her a newspaper article that talks about the importance of technology.
B. Provide her an instruction manual detailing how the latest cell phone functions.
C. Take her to the library and show her the top five most popular internet websites.
D. Spend the weekend playing video games with her.
15- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below.
Have you ever heard someone use the phrase “once in a blue moon?” People use this
expression to describe something that they do not do very often. For example, someone might say that he tries to avoid
eating sweets because they are unhealthy, but will eat chocolate “once in a blue moon.” Or someone who does not
usually like to go to the beach might say “I visit the shore once in a blue moon.” While many people use this phrase, not
everyone knows the meaning behind it. The first thing to know is that the moon itself is never actually blue. This is just an
expression. The phrase “blue moon” actually has to do with the shape of the moon, not the color.
As the moon travels around the earth, it appears to change shape. We associate certain names with certain shapes of the
moon. For example, when we can see a small part of the moon, it is called a crescent moon. A crescent is a shape that
looks like the tip of a fingernail. When we cannot see the moon at all, it is called a new moon. When we can see the
entire moon, it is called a full moon. Usually, there is only one full moon every month. Sometimes, however, there will be
two full moons in one month. When this happens, the second full moon is called a “blue moon.”
Over the next 20 years, there will only be 15 blue moons. As you can see, a blue moon is a very rare event. This fact has
led people to use the expression “once in a blue moon” to describe other very rare events in their lives.
Questions
1) Which of the following would be a good example of someone doing something “once in a blue moon”?
A. Mary likes to go to the mountains every weekend. Mary goes to the mountains once in a blue moon.
B. Tom rarely remembers to take out the trash. Tom takes out the trash once in a blue moon.
C. Cindy hates to wash the dishes. Nevertheless, she does it every day. Cindy washes the dishes once in a blue moon.
D. Ming sometimes forgets to do his homework. Ming forgets to do his homework once in a blue moon.
2) When does a blue moon happen in nature?
A. when there are two full moons in one month
B. when the moon has a blue color
C. when we cannot see the moon at all
D. when we can only see a small part of the moon
3) Using the passage as a guide, it can be understood that which of the following sentences does not
contain an expression?
A. Thomas has lost his mind.
B. An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
C. I'll mow the grass after I finish my homework.
D. It's never a bad time to start something new.
4) As described in paragraph 3, what is another example of something that has a crescent shape?
A. your thumb B. a distant star
C. the letter “C” D. the letter "H"
5) In the final paragraph, the author states: “Over the next 20 years, there will only be 15 blue moons.”
This means that over the next 20 years, a blue moon will happen
A. once a year B. less than once a year

69
C. more than once a year D. not enough information is provided
6) As used in the final paragraph, which is the best antonym for rare?
A. common B. strange
C. colorful D. infrequent
7) In the final paragraph the author writes, "As you can see, a blue moon is a very rare event." The
purpose of this statement is to
A. answer an earlier question B. provide an example
C. support an upcoming conclusion D. challenge a previous statement
16- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below.
Many people who are looking to get a pet dog get a puppy. There are many reasons why people get puppies. After all,
puppies are cute, friendly, and playful. But even though puppies make good pets, there are good reasons why you should
consider getting an adult dog instead. When you get a puppy, you have to teach it how to behave. You have to make sure
that the puppy is housebroken so that it does not go to the bathroom inside the house. You have to teach the puppy not
to jump up on your guests or chew on your shoes. You have to train the puppy to walk on a leash. This is a lot of
work.On the other hand, when you get an adult dog, there is a good chance that it will already know how to do all of the
previously mentioned things. Many adult dogs have already been housebroken. Many adult dogs will not jump on or chew
things that you do not want them to jump on or chew. Many adult dogs will be able to walk on a leash without pulling you
to the other side of the street.
Puppies also have a lot of energy and want to play all of the time. This can be fun, but you might not want to play as
much as your puppy does. Puppies will not always sleep through the night or let you relax as you watch television.
On the other hand, most adult dogs will wait on you to play. What is more, they will sleep when you are sleeping and are
happy to watch television on the couch right beside you.There is one last reason why you should get an adult dog instead
of a puppy. When most people go to the pound to get a dog, they get a puppy. This means that many adult dogs spend a
lot of time in the pound, and some never find good homes. So if you are looking to get a dog for a pet, you should think
about getting an adult dog. They are good pets who need good homes.
1) The author apparently thinks that puppies are
A. bad pets because they take too much work to own
B. friendly, playful, and a lot of work
C. not as cute as adult dogs
D. not as playful as adult dogs
2) As used in paragraph 2, which is the best synonym for behave?
A. listen B. understand
C. train D. act
3) The main purpose of paragraph 2 is to explain how puppies
A. are very immature B. do not make good pets
C. can be very destructive D. are a lot of work
4) As used in paragraph 2, which is the best example of a dog that is housebroken?
A. Spot goes outside to use the bathroom.
B. Rex always breaks things inside of the house.
C. Rover never jumps on guests.
D. Muffin chews on people’s shoes.
5) According to the passage, why are adult dogs easier to take care of than puppies?
1. Puppies need to learn how to walk nicely on a leash.
2. Adult dogs have less energy than puppies do.
3. It is harder for adult dogs to find a home than it is for puppies.
A. 1 only B. 1 and 2 only
C. 2 and 3 only D. 1, 2, and 3
6) Based on information in the passage, which of the following statements is false?
A. Puppies have a lot of energy. B. Puppies need a lot of attention.
C. Adult dogs do not like to play. D. Adult dogs do not need eat very much.
7) As used in paragraph 4, which is the best synonym for relax?
A. work B. leave
C. play D. rest
8) The author begins paragraphs 3 and 5 with the phrase, "On the other hand." This phrase is used to
A. highlight an example B. contrast previous information
C. contradict a later statement D. support the upcoming paragraph

70
9) In the final paragraph, the author says, "many adult dogs spend a lot of time in the pound, and some
never find good homes." Based on what you have read in the passage, why is this most likely the case?
A. People see adult dogs as unhappy and dangerous, while they see puppies as cute and friendly.
B. People understand that most adult dogs still need to a lot of training before they understand how to behave properly.
C. People think that puppies are cute and playful and do not always think about how much work it will take to train them.
D. People do not want to get a dog that does not have much time left to live.
10) Based on information in the passage, it can be understood that someone who owns a puppy must be
A. strict B. serious
C. careful D. responsible
17- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below.
Many people like to eat pizza, but not everyone knows how to make it. Making the perfect pizza can be complicated, but
there are lots of ways for you to make a more basic version at home. When you make pizza, you must begin with the
crust. The crust can be hard to make. If you want to make the crust yourself, you will have to make dough using flour,
water, and yeast. You will have to knead the dough with your hands. If you do not have enough time to do this, you can
use a prepared crust that you buy from the store. After you have chosen your crust, you must then add the sauce. Making
your own sauce from scratch can take a long time. You have to buy tomatoes, peel them, and then cook them with
spices. If this sounds like too much work, you can also purchase jarred sauce from the store. Many jarred sauces taste
almost as good as the kind you make at home.
Now that you have your crust and your sauce, you need to add the cheese. Cheese comes from milk, which comes from
cows. Do you have a cow in your backyard? Do you know how to milk the cow? Do you know how to turn that milk into
cheese? If not, you might want to buy cheese from the grocery store instead of making it yourself.When you have the
crust, sauce, and cheese ready, you can add other toppings. Some people like to put meat on their pizza, while other
people like to add vegetables. Some people even like to add pineapple! The best part of making a pizza at home is that
you can customize it by adding your own favorite ingredients.
1) The author's main purpose in writing this passage is to
A. describe the history of pizza
B. teach a healthier way to make pizza
C. outline steps to make a basic pizza at home
D. provide tips about how to make your pizza especially delicious
2) As used in paragraph 1, which word means the opposite of complicated?
A. difficult B. simple
C. easy D. manageable
3) As used in paragraph 3, which is the best synonym for purchase?
A. forget B. buy
C. ask D. cook
4) In paragraph 3, the author writes, "Many jarred sauces taste almost as good as the kind you make at
home." The purpose of this statement is to
A. clarify a later statement B. provide an example
C. clarify an earlier statement D. support the previous paragraph
5) In paragraph 4, the author asks a series of questions in order to
A. support the idea that most people cannot make homemade cheese
B. reinforce the idea that most people probably live on farms
C. prove that store-bought cheese tastes better than homemade cheese
D. emphasize the superiority of homemade cheese over store bought cheese
6) As used in paragraph 5, which is the best definition for customize?
A. to make personal B. to prepare for more than one
C. to eat while hot D. to desire
7) According to the author, which of the following ingredients do you need to have ready before you can
add the toppings?
1. crust 2. Sauce 3. cheese
A. 1 only B. 2 and 2 only
C. 2 and 3 only D. 1, 2, and 3
8) Which of the following words best describes how the author feels about making a pizza from scratch?
A. helpful B. understanding
C. enthusiastic D. negative
9) Which of the following conclusions would work best at the end of this passage.

71
A. Although the crust, sauce, and toppings are all important ingredients in pizza, it is clear that the cheese is most
important. Therefore, be sure your cheese is homemade.
B. It can be understood that making your pizza from scratch should be avoided at all costs. Use store bought ingredients
and save yourself a heap of trouble.
C. As you can see, cooking a pizza can be fun, but it can also be very expensive. But, as you can see, the best things are
worth paying for.
D. Once you have prepared the crust, sauce, cheese, and toppings, you are ready to bake your pizza. I think you will see
that making pizza at home can be a good alternative to purchasing it from the store.
18- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below.
Fleas are perfectly designed by nature to feast on anything containing blood. Like a shark in the water or a wolf in the
woods, fleas are ideally equipped to do what they do, making them very difficult to defeat. The bodies of these tiny
parasites are extremely hardy and well-suited for their job.A flea has a very hard exoskeleton, which means the body is
covered by a tough, tile-like plate called a sclerite. Because of these plates, fleas are almost impossible to squish. The
exoskeletons of fleas are also waterproof and shock resistant, and therefore fleas are highly resistant to the sprays and
chemicals used to kill them.
Little spines are attached to this plate. The spines lie flat against the flea’s thin, narrow body as the flea scurries through
an animal’s fur in search of food. However, if anything (like fingers or a self grooming pet) tries to pull a flea off through
the hair coat, these spines will extend and stick to the fur like Velcro.Fleas are some of the best jumpers in the natural
world. A flea can jump seven inches, or 150 times its own length, either vertically or horizontally. An equivalent jump for a
person would be 555 feet, the height of the Washington Monument. Fleas can jump 30,000 times in a row without
stopping, and they are able to accelerate through the air at an incredibly high rate—a rate which is over ten times what
humans can withstand in an airplane.
Fleas have very long rear legs with huge thigh muscles and multiple joints. When they get ready to jump, they fold their
long legs up and crouch like a runner on a
starting block. Several of their joints contain a protein called resilin, which helps catapult fleas into the air as they jump,
similar to the way a rubber band provides momentum to a slingshot. Outward facing claws on the bottom of their legs
grip anything they touch when they land.
The adult female flea mates after her first blood meal and begins producing eggs in just 1 to 2 days. One flea can lay up
to 50 eggs in one day and over 2,000 in her lifetime. Flea eggs can be seen with the naked eye, but they are about the
size of a grain of salt. Shortly after being laid, the eggs begin to transform into cocoons. In the cocoon state, fleas are
fully developed adults, and will hatch immediately if conditions are favorable. Fleas can detect warmth, movement, and
carbon dioxide in exhaled breath, and these three factors stimulate them to emerge as new adults. If the flea does not
detect appropriate conditions, it can remain dormant in the cocoon state for extended periods. Under ideal conditions, the
entire life cycle may only take 3 weeks, so in no time at all, pets and homes can become infested. Because of these
characteristics, fleas are intimidating opponents. The best way to control fleas, therefore, is to take steps to prevent an
infestation from ever occurring.
1) The primary purpose of the passage is to
A. educate the reader about the physical characteristics of fleas
B. compare fleas to other members of the animal kingdom
C. relate the problems that can result from a flea infestation
D. explain why a flea infestation is hard to get rid of
2) The author’s tone in the passage is best described as
A. concerned B. passionate
C. informative D. opinionated
3) According to the passage, fleas are resistant to sprays and chemicals because they
A. have waterproof sclerites B. are excellent jumpers
C. reproduce very rapidly D. can stick to fur like Velcro
4) Fleas are difficult to squish because they have
1. sclerites 2. tough spines 3. resilin in their joints
A. 1only B. 1 and 2 only
C. 2 and 3 only D. 1, 2, and 3
5) According to the passage, which of the following statements is true?
A. Fleas extend their little spines if threatened.
B. Fleas have the ability to jump higher than humans.
C. Humans can jump higher if they consume foods containing resilin.
D. The resilin found in fleas is used to make rubber bands.

72
6) According to the passage, fleas are able to jump
1. with a high rate of acceleration
2. up and down and from side to side
3. because the blood they eat contains resilin
A. 1 only B. 1 and 2 only
C. 2 and 3 only D. 1, 2, and 3
7) Based on information in the passage, the reader can understand that
A. fleas will die without access to blood
B. fleas survive at a higher rate in outdoor habitats
C. fleas will die after they produce 2,000 eggs
D. newly hatched fleas are the size of a grain of salt
8) The author mentions the Washington Monument in order to
A. estimate the extreme distance that a flea is able to jump
B. illustrate a comparison made between fleas and humans
C. clarify a point made regarding fleas and acceleration
D. demonstrate the superiority of fleas over humans
9) It can be inferred that fleas will emerge from eggs as adults
A. when they outgrow the cocoon
B. after a period of 3 weeks
C. when they sense there is access to blood
D. if there is too much carbon dioxide in the cocoon
10) Using the information in the passage as a guide, it can be concluded that
A. humans do not possess the physical characteristics of the flea because they have no use for them
B. humans do not pay much attention to fleas because they do not pose a serious threat
C. fleas have many physical advantages, although these are outweighed by their many disadvantages
D. fleas are designed in such a way as to give them unique physical advantages in life
19-Read the passage. Then answer the questions below.
A Mystery
"Something is very wrong," says the detective.
"I know!" says Ms. Gervis. "It is wrong that someone has stolen from me!"
The detective looks around Ms. Gervis’ apartment. The soft morning light hits the living room carpet, turning it a bright
cherry red. "That is not what I am talking about, ma’am.
What is wrong is that I do not understand how the robber got in and out."
Ms. Gervis and the detective stand in silence. Ms. Gervis’ eyes are full of tears. Her hands are shaking."The robber did not
come through the window," says the detective. "These windows have not been opened or shut in months." The detective
looks at the fireplace. "The robber did not squeeze down here."
The detective walks to the front door. She examines the latch. "And since there are no marks or scratches, the robber
definitely did not try to break the lock."
"I have no idea how he did it," says a bothered Ms. Gervis. "It is a big mystery."
"And you say the robber stole nothing else?" asks the detective. "No money, no jewelry, no crystal?"
"That’s right, detective. He took only what was important to me," Ms. Gervis says with a sigh.
"There is only one thing I can do now."
"And what is that?" the detective asks with surprise.
"I will stop baking cakes," Ms. Gervis says. "They are mine to give away. They are not for someone to steal."
"You can’t do that!" says the detective with alarm. "Who will bake those delicious cakes?" "I am sorry. I do not know,"
says Ms. Gervis.
"I must solve this case immediately!" says the detective
1) When reading a story, it is important to note the setting. The setting is characterized by the
identification of the time, place, and mood of the events of the story. The setting helps to establish when,
where, and under what circumstances the story is taking place. Using this information, what is the setting
of this story?
A. the predawn hours of a cheerful bakery
B. a worrisome morning at the police station
C. a comical afternoon in Ms. Gervis' house
D. a tense morning in Ms. Gervis' apartment
2) Which of these words best describes how Ms. Gervis feels at the beginning of the passage?

73
A. upset B. tired
C. hungry D. confused
3) What makes the detective sure that the robber did not come through the windows?
A. The windows are locked.
B. The windows face the police station.
C. The windows have not been used in months.
D. The windows are too small for a person to fit through.
4) In addition to the questions the detective asks Ms. Gervis in order to solve this mystery, what other
question would it be helpful to ask?
A. Why did Ms. Gervis decide to put a red carpet in the living room?
B. For how long has Ms. Gervis been a baker?
C. Does Ms. Gervis ever leave her door unlocked?
D. How old is Ms. Gervis?
5) What does the detective seem to think will happen if she solves the mystery?
A. Ms. Gervis will resume baking cakes.
B. Ms. Gervis will bake her extra cakes.
C. Ms. Gervis will give her a secret recipe.
D. Ms. Gervis will give her money and jewels.
20- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below. ( Not a Small Problem)
Hi, my name is Albert. My friends call me Al. You can call me Al if you like. I want to tell you about
a problem I have. It’s not a big problem, but it is not a small problem either. I guess it’s somewhere in between.
My problem involves my best friend. His name is Joe, but everybody calls him Joey. Joey and I have been
friends for a long time. That’s part of the problem. See, Joey likes to smoke.
He says he doesn’t, but I know he does. He tries to hide it from me, but I see him do it sometimes. When I see him do it,
he just laughs and walks away. When Joey started smoking, he only did it after school sometimes. I know because I could
smell it on him. He smelled like old clothes, or like my dad’s car used to smell. My dad used to smoke too, but he quit
because his doctor told him he would have major health problems if he continued to smoke. I am glad he quit, but I am
still worried about Joey.
Nowadays, Joey smokes all the time. When he comes over to my house, he always brings his cigarettes with
him. He keeps them in his front pocket. Once, when we were watching a movie, he asked me to stop it so he could go
outside and smoke. I didn’t want to stop it, but I did.
The worst part about his smoking is that he thinks it’s okay. He thinks it’s not a bad idea to smoke. He says, "Don’t worry
Al. I’m okay. I know what I’m doing." He tells me that I don’t understand, but I think I do. And what's worse, I feel it’s
Joe's right to smoke. I mean, it's his body, and he can do what he wants with it. Plus, Joe just turned fifteen. I’m only
thirteen. That means he is older than me, and therefore he thinks he knows more than I do. Joe keeps telling me
that I’ll understand one day...when I get older. I hate that phrase, "When I get older."
I know he can make his own decisions, but I can’t help being worried about him. He’s my best friend,
remember? Anyway, I don’t want to bother you anymore with my problem. After all, it’s not a big problem, but it’s not a
small problem either.
1) Based on the information in the passage, we can understand that
A. Joey's smoking has increased over time
B. Joey and Albert's father share a lot in common
C. Albert and Joey are now no longer friends
D. Albert's father got a new car after he quit smoking
2) Which of these words best describes Albert's father's relationship with his doctor?
A. friendly B. fearful
C. strained D. trusting
3) In paragraph 6, Albert says he hates the phrase, “When I get older.” Why is this most likely
the case?
A. because Joey is always right
B. because it makes Joey think about his father
C. because Albert is older and should know better
D. because it makes Albert feel less important
4) Which of these statements best summarizes the way Albert feels about the human body?
A. You should always respect your own body no matter what.
B. You should be free to do what you want with your own body.

74
C. You should obey the law with respect to your own body.
D. You should always do what the doctor tells you with respect to your own body.
5) Albert can best be described as
A. annoyed B. hopeless
C. angry D. worried
21- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below.
Welcome to the carnivorous plant exhibit at the National Museum for Plants and Wildlife. For the
next three months, the museum will display two popular species of carnivorous plants: the Venus flytrap and the
Asian Pitcher Plant. Carnivorous plants are predatory green plants that capture and eat other animals. These plants
attract, catch, digest, and process the nutrients from insects all on their own. They are able to do this, because the
leaves of these plants have special colors and nectar that can attract and trap insects. On Saturdays at 11:00 am, 1:00
pm, and 3:00 pm, a carnivorous plant expert will lecture about carnivorous plants and demonstrate this captivating
feeding process in the promenade outside of the exhibit. You won’t be able to keep your eyes off of this extremely
interesting display!
Venus flytrap
The Venus flytrap is probably the most familiar species of carnivorous plant. They typically grow in the
southeast part of the United States, because they prosper in warm, moist climates. Venus Flytraps are mostly
known for consuming flies, but they will eat any insect that happens to become entangled in their trap. Because of
their brightly colored insides, insects are easily attracted to Venus Flytraps. Once it lands, an insect will become stuck to
the sticky pad. The flytrap will slowly begin to close and finally snap shut before it consumes the insect.
It may take several days for an insect to be digested. If a Venus flytrap is closed, you can tell it must have recently
dined.
Asian Pitcher Plant
The Asian Pitcher Plant is named for its leaves, which resemble a beautiful pitcher. These plants typically grow near
ponds. They are so attractive to insects because their pitcher -shaped leaves are multi-colored and mimic flowers.
These leaves also produce tantalizing nectar. A curious insect will approach, take a sip, and then fall into the long
narrow shoot to its death. The shoot is lined with sticky hairs that aid in capturing and digestion. Usually, they only
consume small insects; but once in a while a small lizard or frog may stumble into the shoot and the Asian Pitcher Plant
does not discriminate. If it fits, it feeds!
1) This passage would most likely be found in a(n)
A. science fiction story B. gardening magazine article
C. science fair invitation D. museum exhibit booklet
2) According to the passage, carnivorous plants are
A. known for mostly consuming flies, but will eat other insects
B. predatory green plants that capture and eat other animals
C. so attractive because of their beautifully shaped leaves
D. plants that are consumed by carnivorous animals in the wild
3) Based on information in paragraph 1, it can be understood that captivating belongs to which word
group?
A. capturing, catching, ensnaring
B. modeling, indicating, displaying
C. fascinating, enthralling, interesting
D. shocking, amazing, inspiring
4) Using the information in paragraph 2 as a guide, we can understand that the southeastern region of the
United States is
A. cold and wet B. warm and moist
C. hot and dry D. cool and humid
5) Which of the following statements most accurately describes the difference between how the Venus
flytrap and the Asian Pitcher Plant consume insects?
A. The Venus flytrap only consumes flies, while the Asian Pitcher Plant only consumes lizards and frogs.
B. The Venus flytrap lures insects with its beautiful leaves, while the Asian Pitcher Plant uses a sweet nectar.
C. The Venus flytrap consumes insects in the United States, while Asia is the home to the Asian Pitcher Plant.
D. The Venus flytrap closes on insects, while insects fall into the Asian Pitcher Plant.
6) According to the passage, Asian Pitcher Plants are attractive to insects because
A. their pitcher-shaped leaves are multi-colored and mimic flowers
B. they produce an enticing nectar that lures insects into its leaves
C. they have sticky pads that are comfortable for sitting upon
75
 D. insects enjoy eating their leaves
7) At the end of the paragraph 3, the author writes, “If it fits, it feeds!” From this, we can conclude that the
Asian Pitcher Plant
A. is very large and often will not fit near a pond
B. appears very beautiful and shapely to its prey
C. only feeds on animals that come close enough
D. will consume anything that fits inside its shoot
8) Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A. museum exhibit booklet B. exhibit
C. The Carnivorous Plant Exhibit D. Carnivorous Plant
22- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below.
An Honorable Tradition
The word "clown" is sometimes used to label a person as foolish. But being called a
clown is not always an insult. The art of clowning is an old, honorable tradition. It includes not just modern-day
circus clowns but court jesters, who performed for kings or emperors, and theatrical clowns, who were onstage as
early as 500 years ago.
Throughout history, most cultures have had clowns. These clowns do more than just make people laugh. They are
often shown as powerless fools, but sometimes clowns actually enjoy great freedom of speech. Using humor, clowns
are able to question their leaders in a way ordinary people might not. For example, in ancient China, the Emperor Shih
Huang-Ti ordered the Great Wall of China to be built. During its construction, thousands of workers died due to
poor working conditions. The Emperor planned to have the Great Wall painted, which would have resulted in even
more lives lost. The Emperor’s jester, YuSze, was the only person who dared to criticize this plan. He did so jokingly, but
his jokes persuaded the Emperor not to paint the Great Wall. For this YuSze is now celebrated as a national hero in
China.Clowns remind us that humor can be one of the most effective ways to influence people. The clowns of
our culture— those who make us laugh and look at life in new ways— may not represent foolishness at all, but
wisdom in disguise.
1) Based on its use in paragraph 1, it can be understood that honorable belongs to which of the following
word groups?
A. smart, wise, intelligent B. helpful, beneficial, useful
C. ancient, old-fashioned, traditional D. respected, admirable, praised
2) The author of this passage is most interested in
A. presenting the history of clowns
B. explaining why YuSze is a hero
C. discussing the role clowns play in a culture
D. making people feel better about being called a clown
3) In paragraph 2, the author suggests that sometimes clowns have “great freedom of speech”compared
to ordinary people because clowns are
A. not afraid of their leaders B. able to use humor to make a point
C. scrutinized more than ordinary people D. viewed as national heroes
4) In paragraph 3, the author writes, "The Emperor‟s jester, YuSze, was the only person who dared to
criticize this plan." Like Yu Sze, which of these people also criticizes something?
A. Alice, who paints a picture and enters it into a contest
B. Jeffrey, who wears a silly clown costume to a Halloween party
C. Ed, who points out the problems with the book he just read
D. Rolfe, who studies very hard but still gets bad grades
5) According to the author, Yu Sze persuaded the Chinese Emperor not to
A. build the Great Wall B. paint the Great Wall
C. mistreat the workers D. starve the workers
6) In the final paragraph, the author suggests that clowns may represent “wisdom in disguise.” By this the
author means that clowns
A. are smarter than they appear B. should always be respected
C. show up in unexpected places D. dress up in costumes
7) According to the author, humor can be one of the most effective ways to
A. entertain people B. change people
C. influence people D. understand people

76
23- Read the passage. Then answer the questions below.
Tornado!
Aria and her family are gathered around the television. They are watching a movie about a tornado. A
tornado is a big funnel of wind. Tornados travel over the ground and can move very fast. They can be very
destructive, and they damage almost everything they touch.
In the movie Aria and her family are watching, a big tornado comes through a small town. The tornado uproots
trees, destroys houses, and harms animals. It even drains a lake! (This part was a little hard to believe.)
Anyway, the tornado causes lots of destruction. It is pretty scary, and no one can stop it. It just keeps going and going.
A little girl lives in the small town. The tornado hasn't come near her yet, but it is on its way. The little girl and her family
are in danger. The tornado looks like it is going to hit their house. The girl is scared, but she knows she can't let this
happen. She must do something to prevent it. She tries to think, but she doesn't know how to stop it.Then something
amazing happens. The little girl builds a kite using tent poles and the sheets from her bed. The kite she makes is
giant—it is bigger than her house! She flies the kite into the tornado. The kite is so big that it steals all the wind
from the tornado. The tornado dies, and the little girl saves the town.Then the movie ends."Time to brush your teeth,"
says Aria's dad. "Then it's off to bed, kiddo.""Dad," Aria says. She is still thinking about the movie. "Can a kite really stop
a tornado?" "No," he says. "But little girls really can do amazing things."
1) In this passage, the author mostly
A. defines a tornado B. summarizes a movie
C. describes a girl D. answers a question
2) The tornado in the movie does each of the following things EXCEPT
A. drain a lake B. destroy houses C. harm animals D. wreck cars
3) As used in paragraph 4, the word prevent most nearly means
A. stop B. delay C. allow D. help
4) What category does the movie described in this passage belong to?
A. mystery B. romance C. action D. comedy
5) As used in paragraph 5, which word is OPPOSITE in meaning to giant?
A. serious B. funny C. ugly D. tiny
6) Which detail about the movie is probably NOT true?
A. The tornado uproots trees. B. The tornado destroys houses.
C. The tornado harms animals. D. The tornado drains a lake.
24. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Carlos Hernandez has always worked with chocolate. As a child
in Brazil, he worked on his family’s cacao farm. Now he owns and runs his own chocolate factory. A reporter asked Carlos
some questions about this topic.
Reporter: Carlos, can you explain where chocolate comes from?
Carlos: Chocolate is made from the seeds of the cacao tree.
Reporter: Those are called cocoa beans, right?
Carlos: Well, they should actually be called cacao (pronounced "kuh-KAY-oh") beans,
but long ago English speaking people started saying this word incorrectly. They pronounced this word like most people do
today (like "KOH-koh"). They continued to
make this mistake over many years. As a result, the pronunciation of this word changed.
Reporter: Where do most cocoa beans grow?
Carlos: Most of the beans come from South America, Africa, and Asia.
Reporter: Can you explain how cocoa beans are turned into chocolate?
Carlos: Sure. First, the cacao pods are picked. The pods need time to ripen. After six days, they are split open. The seeds
are removed and dried in the sun for several days. Next, the dried beans are sent to the chocolate factory. Here, the
seeds are ground into powder. The powder is mixed with sugar, milk, and other ingredients.
Reporter: That’s neat. So, what happens next?
Carlos: Then, the chocolate is heated in a large machine. Finally, the chocolate is cooled and hardened. It is then ready
to package and sell all over the world.
Reporter: Which country consumes the most chocolate?
Carlos: Well, people love to eat chocolate in many countries. But, the Swiss people love to eat chocolate the most. Did
you know that the average person in Switzerland consumes 22 pounds of chocolate each year?
Reporter: Wow, that’s a lot! What do you like most about your job, Carlos?
Carlos: Eating the chocolate, of course!
1) This passage is mostly about

77
A. the life of Carlos Hernandez B. how chocolate is made
C. where chocolate comes from D. who eats the most chocolate
2) In this passage, Carlos first explains
A. where chocolate comes from B. why chocolate is called cocoa
C. who eats the most chocolate D. how chocolate is made
3) This passage is most like
A. a recipe B. an experiment
C. an interview D. a story
4) Based on what Carlos says about how “cacao” came to be called “cocoa,” what can we conclude?
A. Mistakes are easy to correct. B. Some things come by mistake.
C. You should never make mistakes. D. Mistakes don't happen often.
5) In the chocolate making process, what happens RIGHT AFTER the seeds are removed?
A. They are dried in the sun.
B. They are sent to the factory.
C. They are mixed with sugar, milk, and other ingredients.
D. They are packaged and sold.
6) As used near the end of this passage, the word consumes most nearly means
A. buys B. sells C. trades D. eats
7) According to Carlos, where do most cocoa beans come from?
A. South America B. Africa C. Asia D. all of the above
25. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Softwoods and Hardwoods
When building a fire, you should always consider the type of wood you want to use. There are many different types of
wood, and not all of them burn in the same way. There are two main types of wood: softwoods and hardwoods.
Softwoods like fir and pine are great for new fire builders to use. They are easy to split into little pieces for kindling. They
catch fire easily and produce a wonderful holiday aroma while they burn. These fires burn big and bright and
are very easy to maintain.
Although softwoods are great for many reasons, they do have some disadvantages. Softwoods burn quickly. This means
you need to use a lot of wood to keep the fire
going. They also do not burn very hot—not nearly as hot as hardwoods burn. This means the wood needs to be
completely dry. If not, it will not burn well. Finally, softwoods do not produce longlasting coals. This means you will
probably have to rebuild your fire in the morning should it burn out overnight.
Hardwoods like oak, walnut, and madrone are good for more experienced fire builders to use. They burn very hot and can
reach temperatures up to 1000 degrees Fahrenheit. They produce a fantastic crackling sound while they burn. Hardwood
fires are great to have during cold winter nights because they do not burn out easily. They also produce long-lasting coals.
This means that you do not have to rebuild your fire in the morning should it burn out overnight. You simply have to put
more wood on the coals and your fire will begin again in minutes.
Although hardwoods are great for many reasons, they do have some disadvantages. Hardwoods are tough to split and
they do not catch fire easily. They are also more expensive than softwoods.
As you can see, it is important to think carefully about the type of wood you use to make your fire. And remember that no
matter what kind of wood you choose to burn, one thing never changes: you should always wait one year after cutting a
piece of wood to burn it. This ensures that the wood is completely dry.
1) As used in paragraph 1, the word consider most nearly means
A. purchase B. decide upon
C. look closely at D. think carefully about
2) According to the passage, which of the following is a softwood?
I. pine
II. walnut
A. madroneI only B. I and II only
C. II and III only D. I, II, and III
3) According to the author, softwoods
I. are easy to split
II. produce a wonderful aroma
III. burn fast
A. I only B. I and II only
C. II and III only D. I, II, and III

78
4) Using information in the passage as a guide, we can understand that walnut hardwood COULD burn at a temperature
of
A. 900 degrees Fahrenheit
B. 1100 degrees Fahrenheit
C. 1800 degrees Fahrenheit
D. Not enough information is provided to answer this question.
5) Margery lives in Maine where they have long, cold winter nights. She wants to make a fire that will not burn out easily.
Which type of firewood should Margery use to make her fire?
I. oak
II. walnut
III. madrone
A. I only B. I and II only
C. II and III only D. I, II, and III
6) In paragraphs 3 and 5, the author discusses the respective "disadvantages" of both
softwoods and hardwoods. Based on its use in the passage, it can be understood that the word disadvantages belongs to
which of the following word groups?
A. benefits, positives, profits
B. types, kinds, categories
C. uses, functions, purposes
D. drawbacks, negatives, losses
7) In the final sentence of the passage, the author writes, "This ensures that the wood is completely dry." The purpose of
this sentence is to
A. show a contrast B. provide an example
C. give a reason D. introduce an idea
26. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Submarines
Unafraid of the dark? Not bothered by tight spaces? Okay with being deep underwater? If so, life aboard a submarine
might be for you. A submarine (or "sub" for short) is a boat that can dive deep into the ocean. Once there, it can stay
submerged for days, weeks—even months at a time. Pretty incredible,
huh? Subs have several key components that enable them to accomplish this amazing feat.
Hull
A sub's hull contains everything (crew, engine, supplies, equipment) inside the sub. The hull is shaped like a tube,which
allows the sub to glide through the water. Made of steel or titanium, sub hulls are super strong. They need to be. That's
because there's a lot of pressure underwater. The deeper the sub goes, the higher the pressure becomes.
Planes
Birds have wings. Subs have planes. The planes look and act like wings. The sub's planes can be tilted to change the
direction the sub moves through the water. By tilting the planes down, the pilot can make the sub point up. By tilting the
planes up, the pilot can make the sub point down.
Tanks
While the planes help the sub point up or down, it's the tanks that control how buoyant the sub is. The tanks can be filled
with air or water. If the sub wants to float at the surface, the tanks are filled with air. If the sub wants to dive deep
underwater, the tanks are filled with water.
Engine
Subs don't use gas engines. That's because gas engines need air to work. Instead of gas engines, subs use electric
motors. In more advanced subs, nuclear power is used.
Tower
Subs are shaped like tubes. But they do have a single tower that pokes up from the top. This tower is very important, as it
contains the sub's navigation system. This gives information to the sub pilot about the sub's precise location, as well as
the location of the objects around it
1) As used in paragraph 1, the word components means
A. parts B. rules C. wings D. buttons
2) Which of the following is NOT discussed in the passage?
A. the engine B. the hull C. the planes D. the propeller
3) According to the passage, a sub's hull MIGHT be made of
A. wood B. iron C. titanium D. silver
4) Using the information in the section titled "Hull" as a guide, which of the following statements is correct?

79
A. The pressure at 58 meters below sea level is lower than the pressure at 71 meters below sea level.
B. The pressure at 389 meters below sea level is lower than the pressure at 340 meters below sea level.
C. The pressure at 9 meters below sea level is higher than the pressure at 28 meters below sea level.
D. The pressure at 195 meters below sea level is higher than the pressure at 198 meters below sea level.
5) Imagine the sub pilot wants to make the sub dive. How does he or she do this?
A. Tilt the planes down and fill the tanks with air.
B. Tilt the planes up and fill the tanks with air.
C. Tilt the planes down and fill the tanks with water.
D. Tilt the planes up and fill the tanks with water.
6) Read the following sentence. Then answer the question below.
Neither electric motors nor nuclear power plants need air to work, which makes them perfect for use underwater.If added
to the passage, where would this sentence fit best?
A. in the section titled, "Hull"
B. in the section titled, "Planes"
C. in the section titled, "Engine"
D. in the section titled, "Tower"
7) As used in the section titled "Tower," which of these words is closest in meaning to navigation?
A. shape B. location C. tube D. submarine
27. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Vet Emergency!
It is 10:00 on a Saturday night. The doors to the animal emergency room fly open. Cyrus carries a sand-
colored Labrador into the building. "Save him. Please!" cries Cyrus. "He ran out into the street and got hit by a car."
The dog is whining. There is a lot of blood.Dr. Williams comes from behind the desk. She reads the dog's name tag.
"Here, let me take Lobo from you," Dr. Williams tells Cyrus gently. "I will take him in the back for x-rays and see
what needs to be done."
When Dr. Williams gets to the back, she takes a closer look at Lobo. Her face looks grim. She can see the dog's leg
is broken badly. She fears there is other damage she cannot see.
The assistants in the room are silent. Everyone knows that Lobo may not survive. If he does survive, his leg injury may be
so severe that walking will be hard for him.
The x-rays show that Lobo’s front leg has been broken in three places. He is also bleeding inside. Dr. Williams gets to
work. She knows she must stop the bleeding quickly. The surgery takes just under two hours. Dr. Williams fixes the
damage to Lobo's leg. She stops the bleeding inside his chest. "I will go tell Lobo’s owner that this big guy is going to
make it," Dr.Williams says. "We’ll see in a few weeks how well he will walk again."
1) When reading a story, it is important to note the setting. The setting is characterized by the identification of the time,
place, and mood of the events of the story. The setting helps to establish when, where, and under what circumstances
the story is taking place. Using this information, it can be understood that the setting of this story is a
A. sad morning at a veterinarian's office
B. dark day in a hospital waiting room
C. regular visit to a doctor's office
D. tense night at an animal hospital
2) When does Dr. Williams know just how badly Lobo has been hurt?
A. when she sees how desperate Cyrus is
B. after she takes a closer look at Lobo
C. as soon as she sees Lobo enter the emergency room
D. after she looks at the x-rays
3) Based on information in the passage, we can understand that Lobo's surgery ends
A. at 10:00 at night B. at 10:00 in the morning
C. before noon D. around midnight
4) As used in the middle of the passage, which of the following words is MOST OPPOSITE the word grim?
A. upset B. cheerful C. surprised D. peaceful
5) Using the passage as a guide, we can understand that Dr. Williams is a……
A. dermatologist, which is a doctor who specializes in skin care
B. optometrist, which is a doctor who specializes in eye care
C. veterinarian, which is a doctor who takes medical care of animals
D. pediatrician, which is a doctor who takes medical care of children

80
6) In the middle of the passage, the author says, "If he does survive, his leg injury may be so severe that walking will be
hard for him." As used by the author, which of the following choices also describes a severe injury?
A. After falling from a roof, Ralph has mild but persistent pain in his right arm.
B. During the car accident, Shea suffered very serious damage to her back and neck.
C. While riding her skateboard, Milla fell and skinned her knee on the concrete.
D. Before Daniel goes running in the morning, he performs a series of simple stretches.
7) According to the passage, in how many places was Lobo's leg broken?
A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 4
8) After reading the passage, we can conclude that Lobo
I. will survive the accident
II. is a small Labrador puppy
III. will walk normally again
A. I only B. I and II only C. II and III only D. I, II, and III
28. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
The Luthier
A luthier is a person who makes guitars or any other stringed musical instruments. In this passage, a reporter interviews a
guitar maker named Joe Ripner.
Reporter: Can you tell us how you got started making guitars?
Joe Ripner: Well, I have played guitar ever since I was about 12, and I also have a lot of experience working with wood.
I have my own shop and make custom furniture. Soafter a few years of making furniture, it was only natural
that I would start thinking about whether I could make a guitar. Turns out I could.
Reporter: What goes into making a guitar?
Joe Ripner: First you have to design the style and shape. From there, you have all kinds of decisions such as
scale length and what kind of wood to use for the body of the guitar. Rosewood is a common wood to use for the body,
but you can use all kinds of exotic woods. Cedar or spruce is often used for the soundboard. Then there is the
actual process of building the guitar: that involves measuring, cutting, and gluing the pieces of wood together.
Reporter: How long does it take you to make a guitar?
Joe Ripner: There is usually 15-20 hours of shop time to make the actual structure, and then several more hours of
set up, setting up the neck and checking the frets. The stringing takes a certain amount of time, and of course you have
to apply multiple layers of finish. All the layers have to dry and be polished before the next layer can be added.
So there is some waiting in between steps.
Reporter: How much do you charge for your custom guitars?
Joe Ripner: Depending on the wood I use and the complexity of the design, my guitars cost between 400 and 800
dollars.
Reporter: What do you like best about making guitars?
Joe Ripner: I like spending the time getting to know one object so well. I make guitars one at a time, so it’s almost like I
get to watch the instrument being born over a few weeks. Then it goes out in the world and has a life of its own, being
played by someone I may never even meet.
1) The reporter most likely interviewed Joe Ripner to
A. find out the cost of a guitar made by him
B. get a chance to meet a famous musician
C. learn more about an unusual job
D. get to know him better as a person
2) Based on information in the passage, it can be understood that Joe Ripner became a luthier because he
I. likes to play the guitar
II. has experience working with wood
III. has plenty of free time
A. I only
B. I and II only
C. II and III only
D. I, II, and III
3) In paragraph 3, Joe Ripner says, "I have my own shop and make custom furniture."
This statement is intended to
A. teach a basic lesson
B. illustrate an upcoming point
C. provide an example

81
D. clarify an earlier statement
4) Based on its use in paragraph 5, it can be understood that the word exotic belongs to which of the following word
groups?
A. costly, expensive, valuable
B. plain, simple, unadorned
C. hard, solid, strong
D. different, uncommon, unusual
5) Based on information in the passage, it can be understood that a "neck" and "frets" are both
A. parts of a guitar
B. made out of wood
C. parts of the soundboard
D. the last parts to be made
6) What does Joe Ripner like best about making guitars?
A. working with the wood in his shop
B. getting to be his own boss
C. meeting customers who play his guitars
D. getting to know one object so well
7) Using the passage as a guide, we can understand that one of Joe Ripner's guitar COULD cost
A. $275
B. $399
C. $764
D. $989
29. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
The Rent Man
Someone is knocking on Amanda’s door. Amanda is home, but she does not answer. It is the man who owns the house
where she lives. His name is Mr. Campbell. Amanda calls him the Rent Man. He has come by to get the rent
money Amanda owes, but Amanda does not have the money to pay him. That's
because Amanda lost her job at the auto factory three and a half weeks ago.
"I worked there for 15 years," Amanda thinks to herself. She is bitter. "But it took them just one day to take my job
away."Amanda has no idea when she will find another job. She looks for work most every day.
She looks for work at a restaurant. "You have never worked at a restaurant," the owner tells her. "Unfortunately, we are
looking for someone with experience."
She looks for work at the bookstore. "We don’t have any jobs right now," the clerk tells Amanda. She looks for work at
the grocery store. "I will call you to let you know," the manager says. Amanda is worried. She is running out of money
quickly.
There is another loud knock at the door. Amanda sits quietly in her kitchen, hoping the Rent Man will go away soon.
1) According to the passage, when did Amanda lose her job?
A. ten days ago
B. two weeks ago
C. two and a half weeks ago
D. three and a half weeks ago
2) In paragraph 2, we learn that Amanda is bitter. This means she feels
A. disappointed and angry
B. confident and happy
C. hungry and tired
D. quiet and alone
3) According to the passage, where does Amanda look for a new job?
I. a restaurant
II. a bookstore
III. a grocery store
A. I only
B. I and II only
C. II and III only
D. I, II, and III
4) Based on information in the passage, we can understand that Amanda MIGHT get
A. the restaurant job

82
B. the bookstore job
C. the grocery store job
D. none of the jobs
5) It could have been helpful for Amanda to tell Mr. Campbell that
A. she will call the police if he knocks again
B. he had better stop knocking on her door
C. she recently lost her job at the factory
D. she will have the rent for him tomorrow
6) What would it be reasonable for Mr. Campbell to do next?
I. break the door down
II. come back another day
III. call Amanda on the phone
A. I only
B. I and II only
C. II and III only
D. I, II, and III
30. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
The American Crow
The American crow is one of approximately forty species of crows around the world. Their feathers are completely black,
as are their legs, feet, and beaks. A group of crows is called a flock or a murder. They mate for life and form large families
of up to 15 members. Offspring usually stay with their parents for four to five years and
help raise their younger siblings.The American crow has a unique call, a "caw-caw-caw." They usually nod their heads up
and down while making this noise. In addition to their own call, crows can make many other sounds as well. They are
able to imitate the sounds of other animals, including human words and the calls of other birds.American crows are known
for their intelligence. While humans are generally unable to tell crows apart, crows are able to recognize the facial
features of individual humans. They are one of the few species of birds that are able to fashion their own tools. For
example, crows can make "knives" out of sharp grasses and stiff leaves.The American crow is an omnivore, and will
feed on carrion (decaying flesh of dead animals), seeds, eggs, human food scraps, insects, vegetables, and
grain. Crows actively hunt for small animals such as mice, nestlings, and frogs. In the winter, acorns and nuts are also
part of a crow‟s diet.
1) According to information in paragraph 1, which of the following is true of the American crow?
I. They are but one of many species of crow.
II. They are black in color.
III. Their families may include up to 15 members.
A. I only
B. I and II only
C. II and III only
D. I, II, and III
2) Based on information in paragraph 1, it can be understood that American crow families are large most likely because
they
A. have few predators
B. are omnivorous
C. have a long life expectancy
D. stay with their families for years
3) The main purpose of paragraph 2 is to
A. explain how the American crow is able to make so many noises
B. illustrate the American crow's ability to imitate human words
C. demonstrate the American crow's range of unique abilities
D. outline the various sounds the American crow is able to make
4) As used in paragraph 3, the word fashion most nearly means
A. create
B. utilize
C. image
D. style
5) In paragraph 3, the author mentions "knives" in order to
A. show how dangerous crows can be

83
B. exemplify the crow's intelligence
C. support the claim that crows are like humans
D. provide an example of a way crows hunt
6) Based on information in paragraph 4, we can understand that which of the following things could be included in the
diet of an omnivore?
I. chicken
II. lettuce
III. beetles
A. I only
B. I and II only
C. II and III only
D. I, II, and III
7) In which of the following locations would a crow be likely to find food that is part of its diet?
I. at a slaughter house
II. in a dumpster
III. on a farm
A. I only
B. I and II only
C. II and III only
D. I, II, and III
31. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Grocery Store or Farmers' Market?
When most people decide to buy food, they go to a grocery store. Grocery stores sell many different kinds of food
in just one store. Some grocery stores also carry household goods such as aluminum foil, cleaning supplies, and diapers. A
grocery store is a convenient place to shop for the kitchen and beyond.
Despite the ease of shopping in a grocery store, some people decide to buy their food from other places. Farmers'
markets are one alternative to grocery stores. At a farmers' market, local farmers sell the foods they grow to
customers. The foods they sell often include fruits, vegetables, and meats. Most of these foods are freshly
harvested with no artificial additions.
There are several ways in which farmers' markets are less convenient than grocery stores, however. For
example, packaged foods usually are not sold at farmer's markets. Many farmers do not accept credit cards or checks as
payment for their goods. What is more, most farmers' markets are only open for business once or twice each week.
While this often deters some shoppers, others are willing to accept these inconveniences in exchange for the fresh and
local food found at
farmers' markets. Deciding whether to shop for food at grocery stores or at farmers' markets is a personal choice.
This choice reflects a person’s values about life and about food. Those who value convenience and variety will probably
choose to shop at a grocery store. People who value freshness and enjoy supporting local farmers probably will prefer the
farmers' market. Fortunately, most communities provide options for both kinds of shoppers.
1) The main purpose of this passage is to
A. compare two places where people buy food
B. convince readers that farmer's markets are superior to grocery stores
C. explain why the smartest people shop at grocery stores
D. show that people should be judged based on where they buy their food
2) Based on information in the passage, which of the following is LEAST likely to be sold at a farmer's market?
A. tomatoes
B. cucumbers
C. noodles
D. beef
3) Based on information in paragraph 3, it can be understood that grocery stores are
A. able to accept credit cards
B. open on Sundays
C. accessible to handicapped people
D. willing to package foods
4) In paragraph 3 the author writes, "Many farmers do not accept credit cards or checks as payment for their goods."
Which of the following conjunctions would best be used to begin this sentence?
A. In addition

84
B. However
C. As a result
D. Although
5) Based on its use in paragraph 3, it can be understood that deters belongs to which of the following word groups
A. entices, coaxes, convinces
B. saddens, upsets, depresses
C. aggravates, annoys, frustrates
D. prevents, discourages, dissuades
6) In paragraph 3, the author most likely mentions that farmer's markets "are only open for business once or twice each
week" in order to
A. assist the reader in his or her own search for an acceptable farmer's market
B. explain why farmer's markets are less convenient than grocery stores
C. convince the reader that farmer's markets are too inconvenient to visit
D. illustrate the manner in which farmer's markets have changed over time
7) As used in the final paragraph, which is the best synonym for prefer?
A. love
B. choose
C. accept
D. adore
8) Which of the following statements best summarizes the information in the final paragraph?
A. Most communities provide options for shoppers who value convenience as well as those who value freshness.
B. People who value convenience and variety will probably choose to shop at a grocery store.
C. Where a person decides to shop ultimately depends on his or her personal values.
D. People who value freshness and enjoy supporting local farmers probably will prefer the farmer's market.
32. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
A robot is a machine. But it is not just any machine. It is a special kind of machine. It is a machine that moves. It
follows instructions. The instructions come from a computer. Because it is a machine, it does not make mistakes. And it
does not get tired. And it never complains. Unless you tell it to! Robots are all around us. Some robots are used to make
things. For example, robots can help make cars. Some robots are used to explore dangerous places. For example, robots
can help explore volcanoes. Some robots are used to clean things. These robots can help vacuum your house. Some
robots can even recognize words. They can be used to help answer telephone calls. Some robots look like humans. But
most robots do not. Most robots
just look like machines. Long ago, people imagined robots. Over 2,000 years ago, a famous poet imagined robots. The
poet’s name was Homer. His robots were made of gold. They cleaned things and they made things. But they were not
real. They were imaginary. Nobody was able to make a real robot. The first real robot was
made in 1961. It was called Unimate. It was used to help make cars. It looked like a giant arm. In the future, we will have
even more robots. They will do things that we can’t do. Or they will do things that we don’t want to do. Or they will do
things that are too dangerous for us. Robots will help us fight fires. They will help us fight wars. They will help us fight
sickness. They will help us discover things. They will help make life better.
1) As used in paragraph 1, we can understand that something special is NOT
A. normal
B. expensive
C. perfect
D. tired
2) According to the author, robots may be used to
I. make cars
II. explore volcanoes
III. answer telephone calls
A. I only
B. I and II only
C. II and III only
D. I, II, and III
3) What is the main purpose of paragraph 2?
A. to show how easy it is to make a robot
B. to tell what a robot is
C. to describe the things a robot can do

85
D. to explain the difference between a robot and a machine
4) According to the passage, when was the first real robot made?
A. 1961
B. 1900
C. 2003
D. 2000 years ago
5) Using the information in the passage as a guide, which of these gives the best use of a robot?
A. to help make a sandwich
B. to help tie shoes
C. to help read a book
D. to help explore Mars
6) Which of these statements correctly summarizes how the author of this passage feels about robots?
A. Robots are old.
B. Robots are confusing.
C. Robots are helpful.
D. Robots are dangerous.
33. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
A material is what something is made of. There are 5 basic materials. Most things are made with these materials.
Some things are made of metal. Some things are made of glass. Some things are made of wood. Some things are made
of cloth. And some things are made of plastic. There are some other materials. But they are not used as much as these 5
materials.
Let’s talk about metal first. Metal is very heavy. And it is very hard and strong. It usually feels cool if you touch it. We use
metal to make lots of things. We use it for forks and knives. We use it for keys. We use it for cars. We use it for these
things because it is very strong.
Next, let’s talk about glass. Glass is very smooth. It feels cool to touch. It is not as heavy as metal. It is hard. But it is not
strong. It breaks very easily! Then why do we use it? We use it because it is clear! You can see through glass! That’s why
we use it for windows. That’s also why we use it for glasses.
Now, let’s talk about wood. Wood is lighter than metal and glass. It is not as strong as metal. But it is much stronger than
glass. We use wood to make lots of things. Things made from wood are usually light and hard and strong. Chairs and
tables are made from wood. Pencils are made from wood.
Now let’s talk about cloth. Cloth is very light. It is much lighter than wood. And it is very soft. We use cloth to make lots of
things. For example, it is used to make clothing. And it is used to make blankets.
Last, let’s talk about plastic. Plastic is also very light. But it is different from cloth. Sometimes it is soft. And sometimes it is
hard. Plastic can be used to make thin plastic bags. These are light, soft, and strong. But plastic can also be used to make
bicycle helmets. These are light, hard, and strong. A helmet and a bag seem different. But they are both made from
plastic.
1) Which sentence from the passage best describes the main idea?
A. "We use cloth to make lots of things."
B. "Metal is very heavy."
C. "There are 5 basic materials."
D. "A helmet and a bag seem different."
2) According to the passage, which of these things is a material?
A. chairs
B. clothing
C. windows
D. wood
3) According to the passage, how does glass feel?
A. smooth and cool
B. warm and soft
C. light and hard
D. sharp and heavy
4) In paragraph 4, the passage says, “Wood is lighter than metal and glass.” What is the main purpose of this sentence?
A. to explain something
B. to recommend something
C. to compare something
D. to demonstrate something

86
5) Which material would you use if you wanted to make something that was strong and very light?
A. plastic
B. wood
C. metal
D. glass
6) In this passage, the author talks about
A. hard things first, then soft things
B. heavy things first, then light things
C. strong things first, then weak things
D. cool things first, then warm things
34. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Police officer Rachel Blair works in Queens, New York. A reporter is asking Rachel about how she does her job.
Reporter: How long have you been a police officer?
Blair: Six years.
Reporter: How did you get started?
Blair: First, I had to take a lot of tests. Then, I went to the Police Academy for 12 weeks. I learned how to drive a police
car, make an arrest, and file a police report. I also had to exercise every day!
Reporter: How do you stay safe on the job?
Blair: I use my training. That helps me make sure a situation does not get out of control. I am always cautious. If I think
a situation is too dangerous, I call for backup. If I run into a dangerous situation without thinking first, I can get hurt.
Reporter: Are there any new tools that police officers use?
Blair: We use special glasses that help us see better in the dark. When I wear the glasses, I can see moving objects like
cars and other people at night.
Reporter: Have you ever saved someone's life?
Blair: No, I haven't. But my partner has. He says it gave him a pretty special feeling.
Reporter: Do you ever get afraid?
Blair: There is no time to be afraid. I have to think about what I have to do to take care of the situation quickly and
safely.
Reporter: What do you like best about being a police officer?
Blair: Helping people!
1) What is this passage mostly about?
A. what a police officer does
B. how a police officer is trained
C. what a police officer wears
D. how a police officer helps people
2) What did Rachel Blair do first to become a police officer?
A. She saved someone's life.
B. She used police equipment.
C. She made an arrest.
D. She took a lot of tests.
3) As used in the middle of the passage, the word cautious most nearly means
A. honest
B. quick
C. careful
D. understanding
4) Why does Rachel Blair say she does not get afraid?
A. She uses special glasses.
B. She enjoys her job too much.
C. She knows how to drive a police car.
D. She is too busy doing her job.
5) What does Rachel Blair like most about being a police officer?
A. exercising
B. filing police reports
C. helping people
D. using special equipment
6) Why did the author most likely write this passage?

87
A. to teach readers how to save lives
B. to make readers want to be police officers
C. to give readers information about police officers
D. to show readers how to use special police equipment
35. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Mary and Dan sit down together in the living room, their favorite room in the house. They love this room, but after taking
a long look they both realize that something is missing. Something could be
added to make the room even better. After some discussion, Mary and Dan agree that a new carpet is just what the room
needs and they set out to buy a new one.They go to the store and find it is packed with carpets. Carpets lay on the floor
and hang on the walls. Carpets hang from racks. Why,
there are even carpets dangling from the ceiling! Mary and Dan look at each other and Dan smiles and says, "This could
take a while."Mary looks around the store and before too long she finds one she
likes. It has pink and purple dots on it. She shows Dan the carpet. Dan looks at it, but doesn't feel the same way about it.
"Hmm, I don't really like that one," he says, "Sorry."
Dan looks around the store and finds one that he likes. It has green and red stripes on it. He shows
Mary the carpet. Mary looks at it, but doesn't feel the same way about it. "It's just too small," Mary
says.
Mary and Dan continue to roam around the store looking at the carpets. At the same time, they both
spy a tan carpet hanging from a rack in the far corner. It doesn't have dots or stripes. It is tan and
plain. Happily, both Dan and Mary seem to like this one.
Mary and Dan decide to buy the tan carpet. They take it home with them and lay it down in the living
room. The living room looks wonderful with the new carpet.
1) In which room will the new carpet go?
A. It will go in the bedroom.
B. It will go in the dining room.
C. It will go in the living room.
D. It will go in the bathroom.
2) According to the passage, the pink and purple carpet
A. has dots
B. has stripes
C. is small
D. is plain
3) Mary thinks the carpet with red and green stripes is too
A. plain
B. fancy
C. big
D. small
4) BOTH Mary AND Dan like the
A. pink and purple carpet
B. green and red carpet
C. tan carpet
D. blue carpet
5) While in the carpet store, Mary and Dan see a
I. dotted carpet
II. striped carpet
III. plain carpet
A. I only
B. I and II only
C. II and III only
D. I, II, and III
6) Which word best describes the carpet store?
A. extensive, because it has a great number
B. humdrum, because it is boring or dull
C. straightforward, because it is simple
D. remote, because it is far away

88
36. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Smoke begins to rise from the house. Dorado barks to alert the family that there is trouble. When they hear the barking,
Dorado’s family knows that something is wrong. While Dorado’s owner calls 911 for emergency help, Dorado sniffs out the
appropriate exit route. He jumps up to test the door handle with his paw. The knob is warm, but not hot.Dorado barks
three times to alert his owner that this is the right door to use. The family makes a swift exit from the house and waits
outside in the yard for the fire trucks to arrive. Because Dorado is trained in rescue procedures, Dorado’s owner and his
family are able to safely escape the house.
1) Dorado alerts the family that there is trouble by
A. sniffing
B. shouting
C. barking
D. jumping
2) Based on its use in the passage, it can be understood that appropriate belongs to which of the following word groups?
A. strong, forceful, tough
B. right, proper, correct
C. clear, obvious, simple
D. delicious, tasty, flavorful
3) This passage would most likely be found in a book titled
A. Firefighters at Work
B. Safety at Home
C. Rescue Dogs
D. Canine Trouble
4) The family in this passage is able to escape because
A. the door handle is warm, but not hot
B. Dorado’s owner calls 911 just in time
C. firefighters arrive quickly to the house
D. Dorado is trained in rescue procedures
5) This passage explains how
A. dogs can rescue people from fires
B. families work together to stay safe
C. it is important to call 911 in emergencies
D. firefighters work hard to put out fires
6) As used in the passage, the word swift most nearly means
A. cold
B. quick
C. safe
D. risky
37. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Child Inventors
When I used to think of inventors, I pictured old men with grey beards. I pictured white lab coats and smoky
beakers. I was surprised to learn that young people have created many world-changing inventions.
Like 15-year old Albert Sadacca, who invented Christmas tree lights. The year was 1917. The place was
New York city. Someone was hanging candles from a Christmas tree, as was common at that time. This started a tragic
fire. Sadacca's parents sold electric lighting in their shop. Young Albert thought to adapt these lights for use on Christmas
trees. This turned out to be a pretty bright idea.
Another 12-year old visionary was Louis Braille. Braille was blind in both eyes. In 1819 young Louis was
attending one of the world's first schools for blind children. He learned a system of touch-based literacy, but it was hard
for him to write. Braille sought a better way to communicate with his classmates. He wanted to write freely, without
needing special equipment. So he taught himself a system of night-writing used in the military. Then he made a few
changes to it. By the time he turned 15, he had created Braille. People with visual impairments today still use Braille to
read and write.
Another cool kid who changed the world was 11-year old Frank Epperson. Frank was chilling on his porch one
night in 1905. He went to bed and forgot his cup of lemonade on the porch. When he woke the next morning, young
Frank realized that he had created the world's first Popsicle. He would later patent the concept and trademark the name
"Popsicle." Frank's idea was so successful that many people still call ANY frozen treat a Popsicle.

89
 Speaking of cool kids, 15-year old Chester Greenwood was ice-skating one day in 1873. Naturally, as tends to
happen during winter play, his ears got cold. Chester had a clever idea. He asked his grandma to sew some fur tufts to a
wire loop that he had fashioned. His design worked well! He had invented earmuffs. He patented his "ear protectors" as
he called them. They were manufactured in his hometown of Farmington, Maine. Greenwood's one good idea provided
jobs for people in the Farmington area for 60 years.
Margaret E. Knight is another young person who became a small town hero. She is best remembered as the
woman who invented the flat-bottomed paper bag. But she made her first life-saving device at the age of 12. Her brothers
were working at a textile mill in town. One day she was visiting them. A loom malfunctioned and injured a worker. She
thought she could make the machines safer. She invented an effective system. Her method was later used in many
factories. She saved a lot of lives. And we still use the paper bag design that she created in 1868. How many lives have
those saved? Am I right?
Some young people feel powerless. They feel like they are living in an adult world, created by adults for adults.
But the truth is that everyone has the power to change the world. A 12 year-old girl growing up in 1868 made factories
safer. A 15 year-old boy, blind in both eyes, made written communication more accessible. An 11 year-old forgot to put
away his drink and it froze. Who knows what's in store for your future?
1. Which statement is FALSE?
a) Chester Greenwood invented ear protectors.
b) Frank Epperson invented the Popsicle.
c) Albert Sadacca invented the flat-bottomed paper bag.
d) Louis Braille invented a system of writing.
2. Which happened FIRST in order of time?
a) Braille was invented.
b) The flat-bottomed paper bag was invented.
c) Christmas tree lights were invented.
d) The popsicle was invented.
3. According to the text, why did Louis Braille want to invent a new system of writing?
a) So he could help the military write secret codes.
b) So he could communicate with his friends more easily.
c) So he could graduate from his school.
d) So he could write messages in the middle of the night.
4. Which best describes how Frank Epperson invented the Popsicle?
a) He tested many different formulas before finding success.
b) He used an old family recipe, in his family for generations.
c) He consulted with scientists and doctors to find his idea.
d) He created it by accident.
5. Which event caused 15-year old Albert Sadacca to invent?
a) He saw a factory worker get injured.
b) A candle in a Christmas tree started a fire.
c) He left his lemonade on the porch.
d) He was ice skating and his ears got cold.
6. Which statement about Chester Greenwood is FALSE?
a) He helped to employ people in his town for 70 years.
b) His grandma helped him with his invention.
c) He patented the concept of the Popsicle.
d) He was ice skating when he had his big idea.
7. Which caused Margaret E. Knight to invent at the age of 12?
a) She left her lemonade on the porch.
b) A candle in a tree started a fire.
c) She wanted to better communicate with friends.
d) She saw a loom worker get injured.
8. With which statement would the author of this text most likely DISAGREE?
a) All important discoveries happen in science labs.
b) People with disabilities have invented amazing things.
c) Women have changed the world through invention.
d) Children have made important discoveries.
9. Which lesson can readers learn from this text?

90
a) Age and experience are necessary to do important things.
b) Anybody, no matter how young, can change the world.
c) Kids should leave grown-up problems to the grown-ups.
d) Everything important has already been invented.
10. Which advice would the author MOST LIKELY give to young people?
a) All the problems in the world have already been solved.
b) Children should do what they are told and not ask questions.
c) Remain curious and think of ways to solve problems.
d) Only adults are smart enough to change the world.
38. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Money
Money is one of the most important inventions in human history. It helps people who do not know or trust each
other to trade. If you have enough money, you can go into a store and walk out with a candy bar. The store owner does
not need to know or trust you. They only need to count your money. This is a pretty big deal if you think about it.
Before money, most exchange was based on credit and debt. Imagine that you were part of an ancient tribe and had
an extra pair of shoes. If your tribe mate Joshua needed shoes, you might give him your extra ones. Joshua would then
be in debt to you. He would owe you one. Later, your family might be starving in the depths of winter. You might have no
success hunting, and Joshua might share some of his food with you.
The credit and debt system served humans well for much of time. Our minds are good at remembering favors and
who owes whom. The problem with this system is that it requires trust. I need to know the reputation of the person to
whom I am lending. I need to trust that he or she will repay me. Otherwise, we cannot trade. It's easy to trust our tribe
mate Joshua. We know him. We are familiar with his reputation. But what about those from the tribe across the sea? Do
we trust them? Probably not. At least not enough to give them our shoes on credit. After all, we don't even know them.
A society that does not have money cannot grow very large. It's hard to maintain relationships with more than 150
or 200 people. Reputational systems of exchange fail as groups grow larger. The need for money develops.
Imagine that you were a soldier living in a Roman army camp in the 1st century. Thousands of men and women
live alongside you. Many are soldiers. Some are nurses or physicians. Others are merchants, farmers, or cooks. Let's say
that you needed a blacksmith to repair your armor. The blacksmith doesn't know you. Even if he or she did, you might die
in the next battle. The blacksmith cannot trust you to repay your debts. But the blacksmith does not need to trust you.
You are paid in gold and silver coins. You can trade coins with strangers for whatever goods or services you desire.
Today, the monetary system once again relies on credits and debts. But now, banks and lenders can keep track of
everyone's reputation. They use computers and government issued identities. They know our credit histories. They know
our spending habits. They use algorithms to rank our credit worthiness. They know us well enough to issue credit to us,
even though they don't actually know us. What a world!
1. Which main point about money is the author trying to make in this text?
a) Money unfairly flows to the richest people in the world.
b) Money allows people who don't know or trust each other to trade.
c) Money is the root of all evil.
d) Money can purchase many things but it cannot buy happiness.
2. According to the text, how did people mainly transact before the invention of money?
a) They used the barter system and traded physical goods.
b) They used seashells and beads as currency.
c) They lent and borrowed from each other.
d) Everything was free and everyone shared freely.
3. Why would the author lend to Joshua but not the tribe across the sea?
a) Joshua is the wealthiest person in town.
b) Joshua is a person who is known and trusted.
c) Joshua is a feared Roman soldier.
d) Joshua is the fastest person in the tribe.
4. What is the author's main purpose in writing the THIRD paragraph?
a) He is trying to convince us to forgo modern life and to live in tribes.
b) He is informing readers of the history of credit and debt systems.
c) He is explaining why tribal life is unproductive and wasteful.
d) He is describing the weaknesses of the credit and debt system.
5. Why did Roman army camps need to use money to facilitate trade?
a) Most people did not know each other.

91
b) Most people did not trust each other.
c) People often died in battle.
d) All of these reasons.
6. Which technologies enable modern societies to use credit systems?
a) Computers and government identification
b) Airplanes and phone networks
c) Radio waves and license plates
d) Steam power and waterways
7. Which is TRUE based on information from the text?
a) Roman army camps were much smaller than ancient tribes.
b) Roman army camps were about the same size as ancient tribes.
c) Roman army camps were much larger than ancient tribes.
d) Nobody knows the actual size of Roman army camps.
8. With which statement would the author most likely AGREE?
a) Money allows civilizations to grow very large.
b) Credit and debt systems are primitive and only were only used in ancient times.
c) Money ruins civilizations by making everyone greedy.
d) Credit and debt systems cannot function in the modern world.
9. Which event happened LAST in history?
a) Thousands of people lived in Roman Army camps.
b) Credit and debt systems became widespread again due to technology.
c) Money was invented.
d) Ancient tribes used mainly credit and debt systems for exchange.
10. With which statement would the author most likely DISAGREE?
a) If someone has a good reputation, it is easier to trust him or her.
b) Reputations are important for lenders and borrowers.
c) Money makes trading easier for people who do not know each other.
d) People can easily maintain good relationships with thousands of other people.
39. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Phishing
Imagine that you get an email one morning. It appears to be from your bank. The email warns that someone broke into
your account. It says that you need to sign in to check some things. You click the link in the email. It takes you to a site
that looks very much like your bank's. You enter your username and password. You submit the form. You've just been
phished!
Phishing is a type of attack that happens over the Internet. Users receive an email or text message that seems like it
came from a trusted source. These users are being deceived. They are interacting with dangerous hackers. The attackers
copy trusted companies. They send users to web pages that look like the ones we use everyday. When users login or
provide sensitive information, the attackers steal this data.
Attackers want your data for many reasons. They may use your data to commit identity fraud. This is when they use
your identity to buy something with your credit. Then they receive the goods and you receive the bill. Or they may want
your password to take over a computer network. They may want access to private emails. They may want customer
records. They gain access by tricking people into giving them their login info.
Some phishing attacks are targeted. A targeted phishing attack is called a spear phishing attack. These attacks
are dangerous because they are convincing. The attacker may know the target's name, address, or job title. They may
have gathered info from social networks, like account is secured with two keys. The first is your password. The second
key is a random code that changes every few minutes. This code may be generated by a 2FA app, like Authy. Or it can be
sent to your cell phone on request. If you activate 2FA on your accounts, an attacker will not be able to get in even with
your password.
the names of friends or family. The attackers may use this personal information to craft a believable email. The
target will be tricked into clicking a link. The link will send them to a phony website. This site will look familiar, but it will
be a spoofed site built to steal data. Any data that the target submits will go to the hacker.
Phishing attacks are dangerous, but you can spot them if you pay attention. One thing to watch is your address
bar in your browser. Attackers use domains that look like the ones that we trust, but they are not the same. For example,
in 2016 staffers from Hillary Clinton's campaign were spear phished. The attackers used the domain accounts-google.com.
That domain looks like google.com, but it isn't the same. When logging into google, you should always do it from

92
google.com. Likewise, when logging into any account, make sure the address matches what you expect. If you are
unsure, search for the site and login from the root domain.
An even better way to secure your account against phishing attacks is to use 2FA: two factor authentication. 2FA
means that your Phishing attacks are scary and common. The reason why they are common is that they are effective.
Many people accept appearances without suspicion. Browsing the Internet safely requires a healthy amount of suspicion.
Not everything is what it appears. Nobody is trying to give you free money. Don't trust; verify
1. Which is a phishing attack?
a) Throwing water on an adversary's computer
b) Tricking someone into giving away sensitive data
c) Sneaking into a concert without paying
d) Buying something with someone else's credit
2. What is the difference between a phishing and spear phishing attack?
a) A spear phishing attack is targeted while phishing is random.
b) A phishing attack is illegal while spear phishing is legal.
c) A spear phishing attack involves theft or identity fraud and phishing does not.
d) A phishing attack is more convincing than a spear phishing attack.
3. Which is NOT a motive or reason for phishing mentioned in the text?
a) To steal private communication or records
b) To commit identity fraud
c) To gain control of someone else's computer network
d) To disarm home alarm systems
4. How can 2FA protect users from phishing attacks?
a) Nobody can log into the account under any circumstances.
b) The attacker needs a fingerprint or eyeball scan to access the account.
c) Users need two keys to login, and the user can't give away one of the keys.
d) Two people have to approve the login, so the attacker can't do it alone.
5. Which statement would the author most likely AGREE with?
a) Every phishing attack involves stealing the victim's identity to commit fraud.
b) In a phishing attack, an attacker overpowers a victim with a stronger computer.
c) In a spear phishing attack, the attacker erases the victim's identity.
d) If a phishing attack is successful, users willingly give attackers sensitive data.
6. Which statement would the author most likely DISAGREE with?
a) Hilary Clinton's campaign team was spear phished in 2016.
b) The domains google.com and accounts-google.com go to the same place.
c) Some links send users to phony sites designed to steal passwords.
d) You should check your address bar carefully before submitting your data.
7. Which best describes the main idea of the third paragraph?
a) To describe the reasons for phishing attacks
b) To explain how phishing attacks are executed
c) To teach readers how to defend against phishing attacks
d) To compare and contrast phishing and spear phishing
8. Why does the author discuss 2FA?
a) He is trying to impress readers by using technical terms.
b) He is trying to persuade readers to not use the Internet.
c) He is trying to inform readers about how to protect themselves.
d) He is trying to entertain readers by telling a short story.
9. Which is NOT discussed by the author?
a) Reasons why people commit phishing attacks
b) Which computers work best for phishing attacks
c) How spear phishing is different from phishing
d) How to protect oneself against phishing attacks
10. With which statement would the author most likely AGREE?
a) A safe Internet user is suspicious of links.
b) A company's logo on a web page means that the site is safe.
c) Using 2FA does NOT help to protect against phishing attacks.
d) The Internet is too dangerous for regular people to use.

93
94. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Televisions show sounds and pictures. They get data from cables, discs, or over-the-air signals. They turn this data into
sounds and images. People watch news and shows on them. You probably call them TVs.
John Baird made the first TV in 1925. It had one color. It could only show 30 lines. This was just enough room for a face.
It didn't work well, but it was a start.
The first TV station was set up in 1928. It was in New York. Few people had TVs. The broadcasts were not meant to be
watched. They showed a Felix the Cat doll for two hours a day. The doll spun around on a record player. They were
experimenting. It took many years to get it right.
By the end of the 1930s, TVs were working well. America got its first taste at the 1939 World's Fair. This was one of the
biggest events ever. There were 200 small, black and white TVs set up around the fair. The U.S. President gave a speech
over the TVs. The TVs were only five inches big but the people loved it.
They wanted TVs. But World War II was going on during this time. Factories were busy making guns and bombs. When
the war was over, TV spread across the country.
By 1948 there were 4 big TV networks in America. They aired their shows from 8 to 11 each night. Local shows were
aired at other times. Most of the time, nothing was shown at all. TV was not "always on" like it is now.
Color TVs came out in 1953. They cost too much money for most. Also, shows were aired in black and white. By 1965,
color TVs were cheaper. TV stations started airing shows in color. People had to switch if they wanted to see the shows.
Now most TVs are high-def. This means that they have many lines on them. This makes the image clear. TVs have come
a long way since Baird's 30 line set. High-def TVs have 1080 lines. There are state of the art sets called 4K TVs. These
TVs have 3,840 lines. Some people watch TV in 3D. I wonder what they will come up with next. Smell-o-vision anyone?
1. When did color TVs come out?
a. 1925 b. 1953
c. 1939 d. 1965
2. Which was not true about the first TV?
a. It could only show one color. b. It only had 30 lines.
c. It did not have sound. d. It did not work well.
3. When did networks start showing programs in color?
a. 1948 b. 1953
c. 1965 d. 1939

4. Why did the first TV station only show Felix the Cat for two hours a day?
a. They were running tests. b. Felix the Cat was really popular.
c. Felix the Cat had been a big radio star. d. Felix the Cat was the only show that they had.
5. Which of these events slowed the spread of TVs?
a. The World's Fair of 1939 b. The Civil War
c. The election of the U.S. President. d. World War II
6. What is the author's main purpose in writing this?
a. He is trying to explain how a TV works. b. He is telling readers how TVs became popular.
c. He is describing the history of the TV. d. He is trying to get people to watch more TV.
7. Why did many families switch to color TVs in 1965?
a. Color TVs cost a lot of money. b. Many shows were only shown in color.
c. Color TVs came out in 1965. d. World War II ended and troops returned home.
8. Why was 1939 an important year for TV?
a. Many Americans were introduced to TV. b. The first color TV was released.
c. The first TV station began broadcasting. d. John Baird created the first TV.
9. How many lines does a 4K TV have?
a. 30 b. 1,080
c. 4,000 d. 3,840
10. Which happened first?
a. The 1939 World's Fair b. The release of high-def TVs
c. The end of World War II d. The release of color TVs

94
95. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Chess is called the game of kings. It has been around
for a long time. People have been playing it for over
500 years. Chess is based on an even older game from
India. The chess we play today is from Europe.
Chess is a two-player game. One player uses the white
pieces. The other uses the
black pieces. Each piece moves in a special way. One piece is called the king. Each player has one. The players take turns
moving their pieces. If a player lands on a piece, he or she takes it. The game ends when a player loses his or her king.
There are a few more rules, but those are the basics.
Some people think that chess is more than a game. They think that it makes the mind stronger. Good chess players use
their brains. They take their time. They think about what will happen next. These skills are useful in life and in chess.
Chess is kind of like a work out for the mind.
You don't always have lots of time to think when playing chess. There is a type of chess with short time limits. It's called
blitz chess. In blitz chess, each player gets ten minutes to use for the whole game. Your clock runs during your turn. You
hit the time clock after your move. This stops your clock. It also starts the other player's clock. If you run out of time, you
lose. Games of blitz chess are fast-paced.
Chess is not just for people. Computers have been playing chess since the 1970s. At first they did not play well. They
made mistakes. As time went on they grew stronger. In 1997, a computer beat the best player in the world for the first
time. It was a computer called Deep Blue. Deep Blue was big. It took up a whole room. By 2006 a cell phone could beat
the best players in the world. Chess sure has come a long way. Don't you think so?
1. What is the author's purpose in writing the second paragraph?
a. To explain the rules of chess b. To compare different types of games
c. To talk about game pieces d. To persuade people to play chess
2. Which is not a reason that chess is a good workout for the mind according to the text?
a. Good chess players think about what will happen next.
b. Good chess players take a lot of risks.
c. Good chess players take their time.
d. Good chess players use their brains.
3. How long have people been playing chess?
a. Over 100 years b. Over 500 years
c. Over 1000 years d. Over 5000 years
4. Where did the game that chess is based on come from?
a. Europe b. America
c. India d. All of these
5. Which best describes the main idea in the fourth paragraph?
a. This paragraph argues that players should think less.
b. This paragraph explains how blitz chess is played.
c. This paragraph explains time clocks work.
d. This paragraph describes many different ways to play chess.
6. How does a game of chess end according to the text?
a. One player takes all of the other player's pieces.
b. One player makes it to the end of the board.
c. One player becomes king.
d. One player loses his or her king.
7. Which happened first?
a. Computers did not play chess well. b. Deep Blue won an important game.

95
c. Cell phones got good at playing chess. d. Deep Blue took up a whole room.
8. How is blitz chess different from regular chess?
a. Each player has two kings. b. Players are blindfolded.
c. Players only have ten minutes to play. d. Players start from a random position.
9. If it's your turn in blitz chess, what happens when you hit the clock?
a. Both your clock and the other person's clock keep running.
b. The other person's clock stops running and yours starts.
c. Both clocks stop running.
d. Your clock stops running and the other person's clock begins.
10. When did a computer first beat a strong human player in chess?
a. 2006 b. 1997
c. 1970 d. 1976
42. Read the passage and then answer the questions:
Google
You know that you're doing something big when your company name becomes a verb. Ask Xerox. In 1959 they created
the first plain paper copy machine. It was one of the most successful products ever. The company name Xerox grew into
a verb that means "to copy," as in "Bob, can you Xerox this for me?" Around 50 years later, the same thing happened to
Google. Their company name grew into a verb that means "to do an internet search." Now everyone and their grandma
knows what it means to Google it.

Unlike Xerox, Google wasn't the first company to invent their product, not by a long shot. Lycos released their search
engine in 1993. Yahoo! came out in 1994. AltaVista began serving results in 1995. Google did not come out until years
later, in 1998. Though a few years difference may not seem like much, this is a major head start in the fast moving world
of tech. So how did Google do it? How did they overtake their competitors who had such huge leads in time and money?
Maybe one good idea made all the difference.

There are millions and millions of sites on the internet. How does a search engine know which ones are relevant to your
search? This is a question that great minds have been working on for decades. To understand how Google changed the
game, you need to know how search engines worked in 1998. Back then most websites looked at the words in your
query. They counted how many times those words appeared on each page. Then they might return pages where the
words in your query appeared the most. This system did not work well and people often had to click through pages and
pages of results to find what they wanted.
Google was the first search engine that began considering links. Links are those blue underlined words that take you to
other pages when you click on them. Larry Page, cofounder of Google, believed that meaningful data could be drawn from
how those links connect. Page figured that websites with many links pointing at them were more important than those
that had few. He was right. Google's search results were much better than their rivals. They would soon become the
world's most used search engine.

It wasn't just the great search results that led to Google becoming so well liked. It also had to do with the way that they
presented their product. Most of the other search engines were cluttered. Their home pages were filled with everything
from news stories to stock quotes. But Google's homepage was, and still is, clean. There's nothing on it but the logo, the
search box, and a few links. It almost appears empty. In fact, when they were first testing it, users would wait at the
home page and not do anything. When asked why, they said that they were, "waiting for the rest of the page to load."
People couldn't imagine such a clean and open page as being complete. But the fresh design grew on people once they
got used to it.

These days Google has its hands in everything from self-driving cars to helping humans live longer. Though they have
many other popular products, they will always be best known for their search engine. The Google search engine has
changed our lives and our language. Not only is it a fantastic product, it is a standing example that one good idea (and a
lot of hard work) can change the world.
1. Which event happened last?
a. Lycos released their search engine. b. Yahoo! released their search engine.
c. Google released their search engine. d. Xerox released their copy machine.
2. Which statement would the author of this text most likely disagree with?
a. Part of Google's success is due to the design of their homepage.
b. Google succeeded by following examples of others in their field.

96
c. Google wasn't the first search engine, but it was the best.
d. Google's success may not have been possible without Larry Page.
3. Which best expresses the main idea of the third paragraph?
a. There are lots and lots of websites connected to the internet.
b. Google created a better way to organize search results.
c. Many smart people have worked on search engines over the years.
d. Older search engines used unreliable methods to order results.
4. What is the author's main purpose in writing this article?
a. To explain how Google overtook its rivals
b. To compare and contrast Google and Xerox
c. To persuade readers to use Google for internet searches
d. To discuss how companies can influence language over time
5. Which statement would the author most likely agree with?
a. Google became successful because its founders were well-connected.
b. Google was the world's first and best search engine.
c. Google changed the world by solving an old problem in a new way.
d. Google's other products are now more important to its success than search.
6. Which best expresses the main idea of the fourth paragraph?
a. Links allow people to surf from one website to the next.
b. Larry Page's ideas about links helped Google get to the top.
c. Larry Page contributed to the internet by inventing the link.
d. Google is a website that serves important links to users.
7. Which best explains why the author discusses Xerox in this text?
a. He is discussing big companies that came before Google.
b. He is explaining how companies must change with the times.
c. He is showing how companies can affect our language.
d. He is comparing and contrasting Google and Xerox.
8. How did Google improve search quality in 1998?
a. They counted how many times queries appeared on each page.
b. They looked more closely at the words in search queries.
c. They linked to more pages.
d. They studied the relationships of links.
9. Which was cited as a reason why Google became so popular?
a. Google's homepage was clean.
b. Google provided catchy news stories on their homepage.
c. Google homepage loaded quickly.
d. Google provided useful stock quotes on their homepage.
10. Which title best expresses the author's main purpose in writing this text?
a. Xerox Vs. Google: Battle of the Titans
b. Search Engines: How They Work and Why They're Important
c. A Better Way: How Google Rose to the Top
d. Search Engines: A Short History of Important Tools

97